Download
Share
Print this page
Tektronix KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Tektronix Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B
  6. Reference manual
Tektronix KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B Reference Manual

Tektronix KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B Reference Manual

Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
tek.com/keithley
Series 2600B
System SourceMeter
Instrument
®
Reference Manual
2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019
*P2600BS-901-01E*
2600BS-901-01E

Advertisement

loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Tektronix KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B

Summary of Contents for Tektronix KEITHLEY System SourceMeter 2636B

  • Page 1 tek.com/keithley Series 2600B System SourceMeter Instrument ® Reference Manual 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 *P2600BS-901-01E* 2600BS-901-01E...
  • Page 2 Series 2600B ® System SourceMeter Instrument Reference Manual © 2019, Keithley Instruments, LLC Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. All rights reserved. Any unauthorized reproduction, photocopy, or use of the information herein, in whole or in part, without the prior written approval of Keithley Instruments, LLC, is strictly prohibited. These are the original instructions in English.

  • Page 3: Safety Precautions

    Safety precautions The following safety precautions should be observed before using this product and any associated instrumentation. Although some instruments and accessories would normally be used with nonhazardous voltages, there are situations where hazardous conditions may be present. This product is intended for use by personnel who recognize shock hazards and are familiar with the safety precautions required to avoid possible injury.
  • Page 4 For safety, instruments and accessories must be used in accordance with the operating instructions. If the instruments or accessories are used in a manner not specified in the operating instructions, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired. Do not exceed the maximum signal levels of the instruments and accessories. Maximum signal levels are defined in the specifications and operating information and shown on the instrument panels, test fixture panels, and switching cards.

  • Page 5: Welcome

    Table of contents Introduction ......................1-1 Welcome ..........................1-1 Extended warranty ....................... 1-1 Contact information ......................1-1 Customer documentation ..................... 1-2 Organization of manual sections ....................1-2 Product software and drivers ....................1-2 Capabilities and features...................... 1-3 Model-specific capabilities......................1-3 General information ......................
  • Page 6 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display operations ......................3-21 Display mode .......................... 3-21 Display functions and attributes ....................3-22 Display features ........................3-22 Display messages ........................3-24 Input prompting ........................3-28 Indicators..........................3-30 Local lockout ........................... 3-31 Load test menu ........................
  • Page 7 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents Setting speed .......................... 4-64 Sweep operation ........................ 4-65 Sweep characteristics ......................4-66 Configuring and running sweeps ..................... 4-74 Sweeping using factory scripts ....................4-75 Sweep programming examples ....................4-76 Relative offset ........................4-77 Front panel relative offset ......................
  • Page 8 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Timer action overruns ......................6-15 Using timers to perform pulse mode sweeps ................6-15 Event blenders ........................6-20 Event blender modes ......................6-20 Assigning input trigger events ....................6-20 Action overruns ........................6-20 LAN triggering overview .....................
  • Page 9 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents Pulse width ..........................7-28 Maintenance ......................8-1 Introduction .......................... 8-1 Line fuse replacement ......................8-1 Front panel tests ........................8-3 Keys test ........................... 8-3 Display patterns test ........................8-4 Upgrading the firmware ......................8-4 Using TSB to upgrade the firmware ..................
  • Page 10 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Instrument programming ..................10-1 Fundamentals of scripting for TSP ..................10-1 What is a script? ........................10-2 Run-time and nonvolatile memory storage of scripts .............. 10-2 What can be included in scripts? ..................... 10-3 Commands that cannot be used in scripts ................
  • Page 11 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents TSP command reference ..................11-1 TSP command programming notes ................... 11-1 Placeholder text ........................11-1 Syntax rules ..........................11-2 Time and date values ......................11-2 Using the TSP command reference ................... 11-3 Command name and summary table ..................
  • Page 12 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual digio.readbit() ........................11-53 digio.readport() ........................11-54 digio.trigger[N].assert() ......................11-55 digio.trigger[N].clear() ......................11-55 digio.trigger[N].EVENT_ID ....................11-56 digio.trigger[N].mode ......................11-56 digio.trigger[N].overrun ......................11-58 digio.trigger[N].pulsewidth ..................... 11-58 digio.trigger[N].release() ......................11-59 digio.trigger[N].reset() ......................11-60 digio.trigger[N].stimulus ......................
  • Page 13 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents fs.is_file() ..........................11-102 fs.mkdir() ..........................11-103 fs.readdir() ........................... 11-103 fs.rmdir() ..........................11-104 gettimezone() ........................11-104 gm_isweep() ........................11-105 gm_vsweep() ........................11-106 gpib.address ........................11-107 i_leakage_measure() ......................11-108 i_leakage_threshold() ......................11-109 InitiatePulseTest() .......................
  • Page 14 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.trigger[N].pseudostate ....................11-146 lan.trigger[N].stimulus ......................11-147 lan.trigger[N].wait() ......................11-149 localnode.autolinefreq ......................11-149 localnode.description ......................11-150 localnode.linefreq ........................ 11-151 localnode.model ........................11-151 localnode.password ......................11-152 localnode.passwordmode ....................11-153 localnode.prompts ....................... 11-154 localnode.prompts4882 .......................
  • Page 15 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents smuX.buffer.recalculatestats() ..................... 11-198 smuX.cal.adjustdate ......................11-198 smuX.cal.date ........................11-199 smuX.cal.due ........................11-200 smuX.cal.lock() ........................11-201 smuX.cal.password ......................11-202 smuX.cal.polarity ......................... 11-202 smuX.cal.restore() ....................... 11-203 smuX.cal.save() ........................11-204 smuX.cal.state ........................11-205 smuX.cal.unlock() ........................
  • Page 16 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.arm.stimulus....................11-253 smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID ..................11-255 smuX.trigger.autoclear ......................11-255 smuX.trigger.count ......................11-256 smuX.trigger.endpulse.action ....................11-257 smuX.trigger.endpulse.set() ....................11-258 smuX.trigger.endpulse.stimulus ..................11-258 smuX.trigger.endsweep.action .................... 11-260 smuX.trigger.IDLE_EVENT_ID ................... 11-261 smuX.trigger.initiate() ......................11-262 smuX.trigger.measure.action ....................11-263 smuX.trigger.measure.set() ....................
  • Page 17 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents status.questionable.unstable_output.* ................11-340 status.request_enable ......................11-341 status.request_event ......................11-343 status.reset() ........................11-345 status.standard.* ......................... 11-345 status.system.* ........................11-348 status.system2.* ........................11-350 status.system3.* ........................11-352 status.system4.* ........................11-355 status.system5.* ........................11-357 SweepILinMeasureV() ......................
  • Page 18 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.connect() ........................11-398 tspnet.disconnect() ......................11-400 tspnet.execute() ........................11-400 tspnet.idn() .......................... 11-401 tspnet.read() ........................11-402 tspnet.readavailable() ......................11-403 tspnet.reset() ........................11-404 tspnet.termination() ......................11-404 tspnet.timeout ........................11-405 tspnet.tsp.abort() ......................... 11-406 tspnet.tsp.abortonconnect ....................
  • Page 19 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents How can I change the line frequency or voltage? .............. 13-9 Where can I get the LabVIEW driver? ................13-9 What should I do if I get an 802 interlock error? .............. 13-10 Why is the reading value 9.91e37? ..................
  • Page 20 Table of contents Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Raw socket connection ......................B-18 Dead socket connection ......................B-18 Telnet connection ........................B-19 Logging LAN trigger events in the event log ..............B-22 Accessing the event log from the command interface ............. B-23 Common commands ....................
  • Page 21 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Table of contents Model 2400 emulation ....................F-1 Model 2400 emulation ......................F-1 Downloading the 2400 Software Emulation script ..............F-1 Loading the 2400 Software Emulation script ................F-1 Start and configure Model 2400 emulation ................F-2 Operating the Series 2600B as a Model 2400................

  • Page 23: Table Of Contents

    Section 1 Introduction In this section: Welcome .................. 1-1 Extended warranty ..............1-1 Contact information ..............1-1 Customer documentation ............1-2 Product software and drivers............ 1-2 Capabilities and features ............1-3 General information ..............1-4 Welcome ® Thank you for choosing a Keithley Instruments product. The Series 2600B System SourceMeter instrument provides manufacturers of electronic components and semiconductor devices with an instrument that combines source and measurement capabilities in a single instrument called a source-measure unit (also called a SMU).

  • Page 24: Customer Documentation

    Section 1: Introduction Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Customer documentation The Series 2600B Quick Start Guide is provided as a hard copy, plus PDF. Note that the Reference Manual is also provided in PDF. • Quick Start Guide: Provides unpacking instructions, describes basic connections, and reviews basic operation information.

  • Page 25: Capabilities And Features

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 1: Introduction Capabilities and features ® All Series 2600B System SourceMeter instruments have the following features: • 4.5, 5.5, or 6.5 digit display resolution • Resistance and power measurement functions • Four-quadrant sink or source operation •...

  • Page 26: General Information

    Section 1: Introduction Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual • ® Model 2634B/2635B/2636B System SourceMeter instruments:  Source ±DC voltage from 5 µV to 202 V  Source ±DC current from 1 fA to 1.515 A  Source ±pulse current up to 10 A ...

  • Page 27: Installation

    Section 2 Installation In this section: Cooling vents ................2-1 Starting up your instrument ............2-2 Remote communications interfaces ......... 2-4 System information ..............2-30 Cooling vents The Series 2600B has side and top intake and rear exhaust vents. One side must be unobstructed to dissipate heat.

  • Page 28: Starting Up Your Instrument

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Starting up your instrument The following topics describe how to power your instrument on and off, place the instrument in standby, configure the line frequency, and replace the line fuse. Turning the instrument on and off The Series 2600B operates from a line voltage of 100 V to 240 V at a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz.

  • Page 29: Placing A Series 2600B In Standby

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation On some sensitive or easily damaged devices under test (DUTs), the instrument power-up and power-down sequence can apply transient signals to the DUT that may affect or damage it. When testing this type of DUT, do not make final connections to it until the instrument has completed its power-up sequence and is in a known operating state.

  • Page 30: Fuse Replacement

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To configure the line frequency from a remote interface: Set the localnode.linefreq or the localnode.autolinefreq attribute. To set the line frequency to 60 Hz, send: localnode.linefreq = 60 To configure the instrument to automatically detect line frequency at each power-up: localnode.autolinefreq = true Fuse replacement The power receptacle contains a fuse drawer (refer to...

  • Page 31: Remote Interface Connections

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation For more information about the remote interfaces, see: • GPIB operation (on page 2-19) • LAN concepts and settings (on page B-1) • USB communications (on page 2-6) • RS-232 interface operation (on page 2-26) Remote interface connections Figure 1: Series 2600B IEEE-488, LAN, USB, and RS-232 connections...

  • Page 32: Usb Communications

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual USB communications To use the rear-panel USB port, you must have the Virtual Instrument Software Architecture (VISA) layer on the host computer. See How to install the Keithley I/O Layer (on page 2-18) for more information.
  • Page 33 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Figure 2: Select Operation dialog box 3. Click Next. The Select Communication Bus dialog box is displayed. Figure 3: Select Communication Bus dialog box 4. Select USB. 5. Click Next. The Select Instrument Driver dialog box is displayed. 2600BS-901-01 Rev.
  • Page 34 Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 4: Select Instrument Driver dialog box 6. Select Auto-detect Instrument Driver - Model. 7. Click Next. The Configure USB Instrument dialog box is displayed with the detected instrument VISA resource string displayed. 8.
  • Page 35 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation 9. In the Virtual Instrument Name box, enter a name that you want to use to refer to the instrument. 10. Click Finish. 11. Click Cancel to close the Wizard. 12.

  • Page 36: Lan Communications

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual If you have a full version of NI VISA on your system, you can run NI-MAX or the VISA Interactive Utility. See their documentation for information. If you have the Keysight IO Libraries on your system, you can run Keysight Connection Expert to check out your USB instruments.

  • Page 37: Lan Status Leds

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Figure 8: 2600B LAN connection 1 Series 2600B ethernet port (LAN) 2 Straight-through LAN cable or crossover LAN cable 3 Ethernet port (on the host computer) LAN status LEDs The figure below illustrates the two status light emitting diodes (LED) that are on the LAN port of the instrument.

  • Page 38: Using The Lan With Remote Operations

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Using the LAN with remote operations The following table lists the Series 2600B remote interface's available LAN protocols: LAN protocols Port number Protocol Telnet 1024 VXI-11 5025 Raw socket 5030 Dead socket termination port You can only use one remote interface at a time.

  • Page 39: Supplied Software

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Supplied software The majority of software applications and all instrument drivers from Keithley Instruments depend on some, or all, of the following software components: • NI-VISA • VISA shared components •...

  • Page 40: Vxipnp Drivers

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual VXIPnP drivers VXI (Vixie) plug-and-play (VXIPnP) style drivers are Win32 DLLs that have some standard functions defined by the VXIPnP Alliance, such as: • init • close • error_message • reset •...

  • Page 41: Getting Instrument Drivers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Getting instrument drivers To see what drivers are available for your instrument: 1. Go to the Product Support web page (tek.com/product-support). 2. Enter the model number of your instrument. 3. Select Software from the list. 4.

  • Page 42: Interchangeable Virtual Instruments (Ivi) Style Drivers

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Interchangeable Virtual Instruments (IVI) style drivers The major problem with VXIPnP drivers was that the API was not specific to the instrument. For something as standard as measuring DC volts on a digital multimeter (DMM), it would be a good idea if there were a set of standard functions to do this.

  • Page 43: Keithley I/O Layer

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Keithley I/O layer The Keithley I/O Layer (KIOL) is a software package that contains several utilities and drivers. It is mainly used as a supplement to IVI drivers or application software like Test Script Builder (TSB). The KIOL contains: •...

  • Page 44: Computer Requirements For The Keithley I/O Layer

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Computer requirements for the Keithley I/O Layer The Keithley I/O Layer version C02 supports the following operating systems: • ® ® Microsoft Windows (32-bit & 64-bit) Business with Service Pack 1 or later •...

  • Page 45: Installation Troubleshooting

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Installation troubleshooting If problems occur during installation, it might be helpful to install the components individually. Errors messages might appear that will help you resolve the installation issue. If problems occur during installation: 1.

  • Page 46: Connect The Gpib Cable

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Connect the GPIB cable To connect an instrument to the GPIB bus, use a cable equipped with standard IEEE-488 connectors, as shown below. Figure 10: GPIB connector To allow many parallel connections to one instrument, stack the connectors. Each connector has two screws on it to ensure that connections remain secure.

  • Page 47: Primary Address

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation To connect the instrument to the IEEE-488 bus, line up the cable connector with the connector on the rear panel. Install and tighten the screws securely, making sure not to overtighten them. The following figure shows the location of the connector.

  • Page 48: General Bus Commands

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To set the primary address remotely: gpib.address = address To set the primary address remotely to 20: gpib.address = 20 Note that changing the GPIB address takes effect when the command is processed. Any response messages generated after processing this command are sent with the new settings.
  • Page 49 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation The remote enable (REN) command is sent to the Series 2600B by the controller to set up the instrument for remote operation. Generally, the instrument should be placed in the remote mode before you attempt to program it over the bus.
  • Page 50 Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Use the device clear (DCL) command to clear the GPIB interface and return it to a known state. Note that the DCL command is not an addressed command, so all instruments equipped to implement DCL will do so simultaneously.

  • Page 51: Front-Panel Gpib Operation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Front-panel GPIB operation This section describes aspects of the front panel that are part of GPIB operation, including messages, status indicators, and the LOCAL key. Error and status messages The front-panel display may show error and status messages (see Displayed error and status messages (on page 3-21)).

  • Page 52: Local Key

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual LSTN This indicator is on when the instrument is in the listener active state, which is activated by addressing the instrument to listen with the correct listen command. LSTN is off when the instrument is in the listener idle state.

  • Page 53: Setting Rs-232 Interface Parameters

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation Setting RS-232 interface parameters To set interface parameters from the front panel: 1. Press the MENU key, select RS232 and then press the ENTER key or the navigation wheel 2. Select and enter the following interface parameters: ...

  • Page 54: Sending And Receiving Data

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Sending and receiving data The RS-232 interface transfers data using 7 or 8 data bits; 1 stop bit; and no, even, or odd parity. Make sure the device you connect to the Series 2600B also uses the same settings. Terminator When receiving data over the RS-232 interface the command interface terminates on line feeds.
  • Page 55 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 2: Installation RS-232 connections Connect the RS-232 serial port of the Series 2600B to the serial port of a computer using a straight-through RS-232 cable terminated with DB-9 connectors. Do not use a null modem cable. The serial port uses the transmit (TXD), receive (RXD), CTS and RTS (if flow control is enabled), and signal ground (GND) lines of the RS-232 standard.

  • Page 56: System Information

    Section 2: Installation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual System information You can retrieve serial number, firmware revision, calibration dates, and memory usage from the instrument. To view the system information from the front panel: 1. Press the MENU key. 2.

  • Page 57: Instrument Description

    Section 3 Instrument description In this section: Controls, indicators, and connectors ........3-1 Menu overview ............... 3-12 Beeper ................... 3-20 Displayed error and status messages ........3-21 Display operations ..............3-21 USB storage overview ............3-35 Controls, indicators, and connectors Series 2600B controls, indicators, and the USB port are on the front panel (on page 3-1).

  • Page 58: Power Switch, Display And Configuration Keys

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 13: Front panel (Series 2600B models) 1. Power switch, display and configuration keys Power switch. The in position turns the Series 2600B on (I); the out position turns it off (O). Toggles between the various source-measure displays and the user message mode.

  • Page 59: Smu Setup, Performance Control, Special Operation, And Numbers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description 2. SMU setup, performance control, special operation, and numbers SMU (source-measure unit) setup Selects the source function (voltage or current) and places the cursor in the source field for editing. Cycles through measure functions (V, A, Ω, or W).

  • Page 60: Range Keys

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Numbers When enabled and in EDIT mode, the number keys (0-9, +/-, 0000) allow direct numeric Number keys entry. Press the navigation wheel to enter EDIT mode. For more information, see Setting a value (on page 3-18).

  • Page 61: Navigation Wheel

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description 5. Navigation wheel Turn the navigation wheel  Move the cursor to the left and the right (the cursor indicates the selected value or item)  While in edit mode, increase or decrease a selected source or compliance value Push the navigation wheel ...

  • Page 62: Rear Panel

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Rear panel The rear panel of the Series 2600B is shown below. The descriptions of the rear-panel components follow the figure. Figure 14: Rear panel (Models 2601B, 2602B, 2611B, and 2612B) 2600BS-901-01 Rev.
  • Page 63 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Figure 15: Rear panel (Models 2604B and 2614B) 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 64 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 16: Rear panel (Models 2634B and 2635B) 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...

  • Page 65: Smu Connector

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Figure 17: Rear panel (Model 2636B) 1. SMU connector This connector provides input/output connections for HI and Channel A LO, sense (S HI/S LO), and guard (G). Connections are as 2601B/2602B/2604B/2611B/2612B/2614B follows: LO = LO...

  • Page 66: Cooling Exhaust Vents

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 2. Cooling exhaust vents Exhaust vent for the internal cooling fan. Keep the vent free of obstructions to prevent overheating. Also see Cooling vents (on page 2-1). 3. Digital I/O Female DB-25 connector.

  • Page 67: Power Module

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description 7. Ground Model 2601B/2602B//2604B Ground terminal for connection output HI or LO to chassis ground. 2611B/2612B/2614B Ground screw for connections to chassis ground. Triaxial connector on ground module 2635B Phoenix connector on ground module 2634B/2636B 8.

  • Page 68: Menu Overview

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Menu overview The following topics describe how to work with the front panel menus. Menu navigation To navigate through the menus and submenus, the Series 2600B must not be in edit mode (the EDIT indicator is not illuminated).
  • Page 69 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Figure 18: Main menu tree 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 3-13...
  • Page 70 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following table contains descriptions of the main menu options and cross-references to related information. To access a menu option, press the MENU key, turn the navigation wheel to move the cursor to select an item, and press the navigation wheel Menu selection Description...

  • Page 71: Configuration Menus

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Configuration menus The configuration menu structure is summarized in the following figure and table. For directions on navigating the menu, see Menu navigation (on page 3-12). For other menu items, see Main menu page 3-12).
  • Page 72 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 20: CONFIG menu tree COMMON menu (models with two SMUs) 3-16 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 73 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Figure 21: CONFIG menu tree (models with a single SMU) Press the EXIT key to return to a previous menu. 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 3-17...
  • Page 74 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following table contains descriptions of the configuration menus and cross-references to related information. To select a menu for single SMU instruments, press the CONFIG key and then the front-panel key associated with the menu (see the description column in the following table).

  • Page 75: Setting Source And Compliance Values

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Numeric entry method: The numeric entry method may only be used if the numeric keypad is enabled. To set a value to zero, press the 0000 numeric entry key. To toggle the polarity of a value, press the +/–...

  • Page 76: Beeper

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To edit compliance limit values: 1. Press the LIMIT key. 2. Select the type of compliance. 3. Press the navigation wheel or the ENTER key to enter edit mode. The EDIT indicator is illuminated.

  • Page 77: Displayed Error And Status Messages

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Displayed error and status messages During operation and programming, front-panel messages may be briefly displayed. Typical messages are either status or error notifications (refer to the Error summary list (on page 12-2) for a complete list of these messages and their meanings).

  • Page 78: Display Functions And Attributes

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display functions and attributes The display functions and attributes for the front panel are described in this section. The following table lists each display function and attribute (in alphabetical order) and cross references it to the section topic where the function or attribute is explained.
  • Page 79 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Display screen The front panel displays source-measure values and readings or user-defined messages. The display screen options include: • Source-measure, compliance screens: Display SMU source-measure readings and compliance values. •...

  • Page 80: Display Messages

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display messages Most of the display functions and attributes that are associated with display messaging will automatically select the user screen. The attribute for the display screen is explained in Display screen (on page 3-23).

  • Page 81: Cursor Position

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Cursor position When displaying a message, the cursor position determines where the message will start. On power-up, the cursor is positioned at row 1, column 1 (see the following figure). At this cursor position, a user-defined message will be displayed on the top row (row 1).

  • Page 82: Displaying Text Messages

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Displaying text messages To define and display a message, use the display.settext(text) function (text is the text string to be displayed). The message will start at the present cursor position. The following programming example illustrates how to display “Test in Process”...

  • Page 83: Returning A Text Message

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Be careful when embedding character codes in the text string; it is easy to forget that the character following the $ is part of the code. For example, assume you want to display “Hello” on the top line and “Nate”...

  • Page 84: Input Prompting

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Input prompting You can use display messaging with front panel controls to make a user script interactive. In an interactive script, input prompts are displayed so that the operator can perform a prescribed action using the front panel controls.
  • Page 85 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Each of these two functions can be used in four ways: display.inputvalue(format) display.inputvalue(format, default) display.inputvalue(format, default, min) display.inputvalue(format, default, min, max) display.prompt(format, units, help) display.prompt(format, units, help, default) display.prompt(format, units, help, default, min) display.prompt(format, units, help, default, min, max) Where: format...
  • Page 86 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following programming example illustrates how to prompt the operator to enter a source voltage value for SMU A: display.clear() value = display.prompt("0.00", "V", "Enter source voltage") display.screen = display.SMUA smua.source.levelv = value The script pauses after displaying the prompt message and waits for the operator to enter the voltage level.

  • Page 87: Local Lockout

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Bit identification for indicators Annunciator REAR LSTN TALK EDIT Weighted value* 32768 16384 8192 4096 2048 1024 Binary value Annunciator SMPL STAR TRIG AUTO MATH FILT Weighted value* Binary value * The weighted values are for bits that are set to “1.”...

  • Page 88: Adding User Tests Menu Entries

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual User tests User tests can be added to or deleted from the USER TESTS submenu. Adding USER TESTS menu entries You can use the following function in either of two ways to add an entry into the USER TESTS menu: display.loadmenu.add(displayname, code) display.loadmenu.add(displayname, code, memory) Where:...

  • Page 89: Deleting User Tests Menu Entries

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description Deleting USER TESTS menu entries You can use the following function to delete an entry from the front-panel USER TESTS menu: display.loadmenu.delete(displayname) Where: displayname Name to delete from the menu. The following programming example removes the entry named “Part1”...
  • Page 90 Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual display.getlastkey() The display.getlastkey() function immediately returns the key code for the last pressed key. The following programming example illustrates how to display the last key pressed: key = display.getlastkey() print(key) The above code will return the key code value (see the following table).

  • Page 91: Usb Storage Overview

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 3: Instrument description The following programming example illustrates how to prompt the user to press the EXIT (LOCAL) key to abort the script, or any other key to continue it: display.clear() display.setcursor(1, 1) display.settext("Press EXIT to Abort") display.setcursor(2, 1) display.settext("or any key to continue")

  • Page 92: File System Navigation

    Section 3: Instrument description Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 24: USB port File system navigation The Series 2600B can use commands from the Lua fs library to navigate and list files that are available on a flash drive. These Lua commands are in the fs command group in the instrument. ®...

  • Page 93: Sourcing And Measuring

    Section 4 Sourcing and measuring In this section: Basic operation ................ 4-1 DUT test connections ............. 4-27 DUT connection settings ............4-52 Range ..................4-57 Digits ..................4-62 Speed ..................4-63 Sweep operation ..............4-65 Relative offset ................ 4-77 Filters ..................4-80 High-capacitance mode ............

  • Page 94: Source-Measure Capabilities

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Source-measure capabilities From the front panel, you can configure the instrument to perform the following source-measure operations: • Source voltage: Measure and display current, voltage, resistance, or power •...
  • Page 95 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Limits When sourcing voltage, the Series 2600B can be set to limit current or power. Conversely, when sourcing current, the Series 2600B can be set to limit voltage or power. In steady-state conditions, the Series 2600B output will not exceed the limit.

  • Page 96: Setting The Limit

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Setting the limit Front-panel limit Set the limit from the front panel as follows: 1. For the Model 2601B/2611B/2635B or the Model 2602B/2604B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2636B single-channel display mode, press the LIMIT key to directly access limit editing. Pressing the LIMIT key while in limit edit mode will toggle the display between the complementary function limit and the power limit display.

  • Page 97: Sink Operation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Sink operation Carefully consider and configure the appropriate output-off state, source, and compliance limits before connecting the Series 2600B to a device that can deliver energy (for example, other voltage sources, batteries, capacitors, solar cells, or other Series 2600B instruments).

  • Page 98: Setting The Sink Mode Using The Front Panel

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Setting the sink mode using the front panel To enable or disable the sink mode from the front panel: 1. Press the CONFIG key and then the SRC key. 2.

  • Page 99: Operation Considerations For The Adc

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Operation considerations for the ADC The following paragraphs discuss autozero and NPLC caching. Autozero The ADC of the Series 2600B uses a ratiometric A/D conversion technique. To ensure accuracy of readings, the instrument must periodically obtain fresh measurements of its internal ground and voltage reference.

  • Page 100: Front-Panel Autozero

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Front-panel autozero To change autozero from the front panel: 1. Press the CONFIG key. 2. Press the MEAS key. 3. Turn the navigation wheel to select AUTO-ZERO, and then press the ENTER key or the navigation wheel 4.
  • Page 101 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Basic source-measure procedure Front-panel source-measure procedure Use the following procedure to perform the basic source-measure operations of the Series 2600B using the front panel. The following procedure assumes that the Series 2600B is already connected to the device under test (DUT), as explained in DUT test connections (on page 4-27).

  • Page 102: Step 3: Select The Measurement Function And Range

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 2. If the instrument has only one channel (Models 2601B, 2611B, and 2635B), or if it is a two-channel instrument that is in single-channel display mode, press the LIMIT key. 3.

  • Page 103: Remote Source-Measure Commands

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Remote source-measure commands Basic source-measurement procedures can also be performed through a remote interface. To do this, send the appropriate commands. The following table summarizes basic source-measure commands. Introduction to TSP operation (on page 9-1) for more information on using these commands.

  • Page 104: Source-Measure Programming Example

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Source-measure programming example The following programming example illustrates the setup and command sequence of a basic source-measure procedure with the following parameters: • Source function and range: voltage, autorange •...

  • Page 105: Configuring Trigger Attributes In Local Mode

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring The following figure shows the general sequence for measurement triggering. The basic sequence is: • When the output is turned on, the programmed source value is immediately applied to the device under test (DUT).

  • Page 106: Front-Panel Triggering Example

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Front-panel triggering example This example uses the front panel to configure the trigger parameters to meet these requirements: • Manual triggering (TRIG key) • Infinite trigger count (cycle indefinitely through measurement cycles) •...

  • Page 107: V-Meter And I-Meter Measurements

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring V-meter and I-meter measurements To make V-meter and I-meter measurements without using the MODE key (such as when configuring measure-only tests over the remote interface), follow the procedure below. To use the Series 2600B to measure voltage or current: 1.

  • Page 108: Ohms Ranging

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Ohms measurements Resistance readings are calculated from the measured current and measured voltage as follows: R = V/I Where: • R is the calculated resistance • V is the measured voltage •...

  • Page 109: Remote Ohms Command

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Remote ohms command Use the smuX.measure.r() function to get a resistance reading. The programming example below illustrates how to get a resistance reading from SMU A: reading = smua.measure.r() Remote source-measure commands (on page 4-11) for more commands to set up source and measure functions, and...

  • Page 110: Ohms Sensing

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Ohms sensing Ohms measurements can be made using either 2-wire or 4-wire sensing. See DUT test connections (on page 4-27) for information on connections and sensing methods. The 2-wire sensing method has the advantage of requiring only two test leads. However, as shown in the following figure (2-wire resistance sensing), test lead resistance can seriously affect the accuracy of 2-wire resistance measurements, particularly with lower resistance values.

  • Page 111: Power Measurements

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring The 4-wire sensing method, as shown in the following figure (4-wire resistance sensing), minimizes or eliminates the effects of lead resistance by measuring the voltage across the resistor under test with a second set of test leads.

  • Page 112: Basic Power Measurement Procedure

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Basic power measurement procedure If you need to customize the MODE key's standard wattmeter configuration, perform the following steps to make power measurements. The following procedure assumes that the Series 2600B is already connected to the device under test (DUT) as explained in DUT test connections page 4-27).

  • Page 113: Remote Power Reading Command

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Remote power reading command The programming example below illustrates how to get a power reading from SMU A: reading = smua.measure.p() Remote source-measure commands (on page 4-11) for more commands necessary to set up source and measure functions and also Introduction to TSP operation (on page 9-1).

  • Page 114: Contact Check Measurements

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Contact check measurements The Models 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B do not perform contact check measurements. The contact check function prevents measurements that may be in error due to excessive resistance in the force or sense leads when making remotely sensed (Kelvin) measurements.

  • Page 115: Contact Check Commands

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Contact check commands The following table summarizes the basic contact check commands. For a more complete description of these commands, refer to the TSP command reference (on page 11-1). For connection information, refer to Contact check connections (on page 4-34).

  • Page 116: Saved Setups

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Saved setups You can restore the Series 2600B to one of six nonvolatile memory setup configurations (five user setups and one factory default), or to a setup stored on an external USB flash drive. As shipped from the factory, the Series 2600B powers up with the factory default settings, which cannot be overwritten.

  • Page 117: Recalling A Saved Setup

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Recalling a saved setup You can recall setups from internal nonvolatile memory or a USB flash drive at any time. To recall a saved setup from the front panel: 1.

  • Page 118: Restoring The Factory Default Setups

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Restoring the factory default setups Use one of the reset functions to return the Series 2600B to the original factory defaults. An example of each type of reset is shown in the following program examples. ®...

  • Page 119: Dut Test Connections

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring DUT test connections Hazardous voltages may be present on all output and guard terminals. To prevent electrical shock that could cause injury or death, remove power from the instrument or test system and discharge any energy storage components (for example, capacitors or cables) before changing any connections that might allow contact with an uninsulated conductor.
  • Page 120 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Hazardous voltages may be present on the output and guard terminals. To prevent electrical shock that could cause injury or death, never make or break connections to the Series 2600B while the output is on.

  • Page 121: Input/Output Lo And Chassis Ground

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 30: Input/output connectors Input/output LO and chassis ground As shown below, SMU input/output LOs are available at the rear panel terminal blocks. Input/output LOs are not connected between channels and are electrically isolated from chassis ground. As shown, there is a low-noise chassis ground banana jack that can be used as a common signal ground point for Input/Output LOs.
  • Page 122 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Keep in mind that the chassis should never be used as a ground point for signal connections. High frequencies present on the chassis of the Series 2600B may result in higher noise. The chassis should only be used as a safety shield.
  • Page 123 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 33: Models 2601B/2602B/2604B/2611B/2612B/2614B low-noise chassis ground banana jack and chassis screw Figure 34: Model 2634B/2636B (Model 2635B similar) When connecting to Models 2611B, 2612B, 2614B, 2634B, 2635B, and 2636B SMU outputs using cables not rated for voltages above 42 V, such as the 2600A-ALG-2, you must disable the high voltage output by using the INTERLOCK function as defined in Interlock...

  • Page 124: Wire Local Sensing Connections

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 2-wire local sensing connections You can use 2-wire local sensing measurements, shown in the following figure, for the following source-measure conditions: • Sourcing and measuring current. • Sourcing and measuring voltage in high impedance (more than 1 kΩ) test circuits. When using 2-wire local sensing connections, make sure to properly configure the Series 2600B Sense mode selection (on page 4-52).
  • Page 125 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring When sourcing current with remote sense, the instrument relies on the voltage detected with the sense lines to properly limit the voltage across the device-under-test. If a sense line becomes disconnected from its corresponding force line, an erroneous voltage is sensed and the voltage across the device may exceed the programmed source limit voltage, possibly causing damage to the device or test fixture.

  • Page 126: Contact Check Connections

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Contact check connections The Models 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B do not perform contact check measurements. The contact check function prevents measurement errors due to excessive resistance in the source or sense leads.
  • Page 127 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 37: Two SMUs connected to a 3-terminal device (local sensing) 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 4-35...
  • Page 128 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 38: Two SMUs (Model 2634B or 2636B) connected to a 3-terminal device (local sensing, floating) 4-36 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...

  • Page 129: Combining Smu Outputs

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Combining SMU outputs The following information provides cautions and important considerations that need to be observed when combining SMU output channels. Use care when combining SMU channels. Whenever SMU channels are combined, it is best to use instruments with identical current and voltage envelopes/ranges.
  • Page 130 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Pulse region specification Region Region Maximum Maximum (quadrant maximum pulse width duty cycle diagram) 30 A at 10 V 1 ms 20 A at 20 V 1.5 ms 10 A at 40 V 1.5 ms 50 A at 10 V...
  • Page 131 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring SourceMeter instrument configuration Guidelines Source voltage using series SMUs Maximum Pulsed Signal Levels for Series 2600B: 80 V with 45 A compliance SMU 1 configuration: Output-off mode: smuX.source.offmode = smuX.OUTPUT_NORMAL Output-off function: smuX.source.offfunc = smuX.OUTPUT_DCVOLTS Normal output-off current limit:...
  • Page 132 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual SourceMeter instrument configuration Guidelines Source voltage with extended current using Maximum Pulsed Signal Levels for Series 2600B: parallel SMUs 36 V with 95 A compliance SMU 1 configuration: Output-off mode: smuX.source.offmode = smuX.OUTPUT_NORMAL Output-off function:...

  • Page 133: Combining Channels In Series To Output Higher Voltage

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Combining channels in series to output higher voltage Channels in series can cause hazardous voltage (>30 V RMS, 42 V ) to be present and peak accessible at the Series 2600B output connector. A safety shield must be used whenever hazardous voltages will be present in the test circuit.

  • Page 134: Combining Channels In Parallel To Output Higher Current

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Combining channels in parallel to output higher current Higher pulse current can be output by connecting two (and only two) Series 2600B instrument channels in parallel. When combining two SMU channels, make sure both SMUs have the same model number.

  • Page 135: Guarding And Shielding

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Guarding and shielding You can optimize source-measure performance and safety with the effective use of guarding and shielding (noise and safety shields). Safety shield A safety shield must be used whenever hazardous voltages (>30 V , 42 V ) will be PEAK...
  • Page 136 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 41: Safety shield for hazardous voltage combining two Model 2601B/2602B/2604B channels 4-44 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 137 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Model 2611B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2635B/2636B: The maximum output voltage for a Model 2611B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2635B/2636B channel is 220 V, which is considered hazardous and requires a safety shield. The following figures illustrate test connections for these models. Use #18 AWG wire or larger for connections to safety earth ground and chassis.
  • Page 138 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 43: Model 2634B/2635B/2636B safety shield for hazardous voltage test circuit connections Guarding A driven guard is always enabled and provides a buffered voltage that is at the same level as the input/output HI voltage.

  • Page 139: Noise Shield

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Noise shield Use a noise shield (see following figure) to prevent unwanted signals from being introduced into the test circuit. Low-level signals may benefit from effective shielding. The metal noise shield surrounds the test circuit and should be connected to LO, as shown.

  • Page 140: Using Shielding And Guarding Together

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 44: Models 2602B, 2604B, 2612B, and 2614B noise shield Using shielding and guarding together The following figures show connections for a test system that uses a noise shield, a safety shield, and guarding.

  • Page 141: Test Fixture

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 45: Connections for noise shield, safety shield, and guarding Test fixture A test fixture can be used to house a device or test circuit. The test fixture can be a metal or nonconductive enclosure, and is typically equipped with a lid.

  • Page 142: Floating A Smu

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Construction material: A metal test fixture must be connected to a known protective earth (safety ground) as described in the above WARNING. A nonconductive test fixture must be constructed of materials that are suitable for flammability, voltage, and temperature conditions that may exist in the test circuit.
  • Page 143 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 46: Floating the Series 2600B schematic The Series 2600B connections for the floating configuration are shown below. Figure 47: Model 2601B/2602B/2604B/2611B/2612B/2614B SMU connections 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 4-51...

  • Page 144: Dut Connection Settings

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual All measure connections should be considered to be hazardous. The maximum floating (common mode) voltage for a source-measure unit (SMU) is ±250 V. Exceeding this level may cause damage to the instrument and create a shock hazard. Using an external source to float a SMU could create a shock hazard in the test circuit.

  • Page 145: Output-Off States

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Selecting the sense from the remote interface To select the remote sense from the remote interface: Set the smuX.sense attribute to control the sense state by remote. The programming example below illustrates how to configure the Series 2600B for 4-wire remote sensing: smua.sense = smua.SENSE_REMOTE The following table summarizes the commands to select the sense mode.

  • Page 146: High-Impedance Output-Off Mode

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual High-impedance output-off mode For the high-impedance output-off mode (HI-Z), the output relay opens when the output is turned off. This disconnects external circuitry from the input/output of the source-measure unit (SMU). To prevent excessive wear on the output relay, do not use this output-off state for tests that turn the output off and on frequently.

  • Page 147: Output-Off Function

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Output-off function This setting is used only when the when output is turned off and the Series 2600B is in NORMAL output-off mode (smuX.source.offmode = smuX.OUTPUT_NORMAL). When the Series 2600B is in NORMAL output-off mode, you can set the output-off function to CURRENT or VOLTAGE through the CONFIG menu on the front panel, or by using the smuX.source.offfunc attribute from a remote interface.

  • Page 148: Output-Off Limits (Compliance)

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To configure the output-off function remotely: To set 0 V output with current limit set by the smuX.source.offlimiti attribute*: smuX.source.offfunc = smuX.OUTPUT_DCVOLTS To set 0 A output with voltage limit set by the smuX.source.offlimitv attribute*: smuX.source.offfunc = smuX.OUTPUT_DCAMPS * smuX can be smua for SMU Channel A or smub for SMU Channel B Output-off limits (compliance)

  • Page 149: Remote Programming Output-Off States Quick Reference

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Remote programming output-off states quick reference The content of the following table is a quick reference of commands for programming output-off states from a remote interface. Output-off state programming quick reference Command* Description smuX.source.offmode = smua.OUTPUT_NORMAL...

  • Page 150: Maximum Source Values And Readings

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Maximum source values and readings The full-scale output for each voltage and current source range is 101 percent of the selected range, but the full-scale measurement is 102 percent of the range. For example, ±1.01 A is the full-scale source value for the 1 A range, and ±102 mA is the full-scale reading for the 100 mA measurement range.

  • Page 151: Manual Ranging

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Manual ranging Use the range keys, , to select a fixed range: • To set the source range, press the SRC key, and then use the RANGE keys to set the range. •...

  • Page 152: Range Considerations

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Range considerations The source range and measure range settings can interact depending on the source function. Additionally, the output state (on/off) can affect how the range is set. The following table describes these interactions: If...
  • Page 153 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Range programming Range commands The following tables summarize commands necessary to control measure and source ranges. See TSP command reference (on page 11-1) for more details about these commands. Measure range commands* Command** Description...

  • Page 154: Range Programming Example

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Range programming example The programming example below illustrates how to control both source and measure ranges. The Series 2600B is set up as follows: • Voltage source range: Auto •...

  • Page 155: Setting Display Resolution From A Remote Interface

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Setting display resolution from a remote interface The following table summarizes use of the display.smuX.digits command. See the command reference (on page 11-1) for more information. Digits commands Command* Description display.smuX.digits = display.DIGITS_4_5...

  • Page 156: Setting Speed

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Setting speed Speed is set from the SPEED configuration menu and is structured as follows. Front-panel speed configuration Press the SPEED key (or use the CONFIG menu) to display the following menu items: •...

  • Page 157: Sweep Operation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Sweep operation The Series 2600B can generate DC and pulsed sweeps to perform source-only sweeps, source-and-measure sweeps, or measure-only sweeps. Three of the sweep types are described in the following: DC and pulsed linear staircase sweeps, DC and pulsed logarithmic staircase sweeps, and DC and pulsed list sweeps.

  • Page 158: Sweep Characteristics

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual DC and pulsed list sweeps: The list sweep allows you to program arbitrary sweep steps anywhere within the output voltage or current range of the Series 2600B. The following figure shows a list sweep with arbitrary steps and a pulsed list sweep.
  • Page 159 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 51: Linear staircase sweep A linear staircase sweep is configured using a start level, a stop level, and the total number of points, including the start and stop points. The step size is determined by the start and stop levels, and the number of sweep points: step = (stop - start) / (points - 1) The number of sweep steps actually performed is determined by the trigger count.

  • Page 160: Logarithmic Staircase Sweeps

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example: -- Configure a sweep from 0 to 10 V in 1 V steps. smua.trigger.source.linearv(0, 10, 11) -- Enable the source action. smua.trigger.source.action = smua.ENABLE For more information, see smuX.trigger.source.linearY() (on page 11-270).
  • Page 161 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Figure 52: Increasing logarithmic sweep Figure 53: Decreasing logarithmic sweep Solving for k and b provides the following formulas: Where: = The source value at the end point = The source value at the start point start = The number of points in the sweep...
  • Page 162 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The number of points in a sweep is one greater than the number of steps in the sweep. The following figure is an example of a five-point logarithmic sweep from 1 V to 10 V. Figure 54: Logarithmic staircase sweep (1 V to 10 V, five steps) In this example: A = 0, V...

  • Page 163: List Sweeps

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring The log steps for this sweep are listed in the table below. Logarithmic sweep points Source point (N) Source level (V) Step number (i) 1.7783 3.1623 5.6234 When this sweep starts, the output will go to the start level (1 V) and sweep through the symmetrical log points.

  • Page 164: Pulse Mode Sweeps

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual When the sweep is started, the output level goes to the first point in the sweep. The sweep will continue through the steps in the order that they were programmed. The following figure shows a different example of a list sweep with six measurement points.

  • Page 165: Pulse Duty Cycle

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring The figure below shows the source and end pulse stimulus events in relationship to the pulse (see (on page 6-1) for information for information on stimulus events). Any change in Δt will Triggering result in a corresponding change in the pulse width.

  • Page 166: Configuring And Running Sweeps

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Configuring and running sweeps Use the following topics to configure and run a sweep. Configuring compliance limits remotely Voltage and current limits can be configured using the smuX.trigger.source.limitY attribute, which sets the sweep source limits.

  • Page 167: Sweeping Using Factory Scripts

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Whenever the SMU makes a measurement in a sweep, it also applies any configured measurement delays. Use the smuX.measure.delay attribute to program a specific measurement delay. The default measurement delay varies by measure range. Initiating and running sweeps To run a sweep, you must configure the number of sweep points to output and the number of sweeps to perform.

  • Page 168: Sweep Programming Examples

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Sweep programming examples Procedures for programming and running a sweep for three sweep types are given on the following pages. Each of these procedures includes commands for a typical sweep example. The following table summarizes parameters for each of these examples.

  • Page 169: Pulse Current Sweep Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Pulse current sweep example The programming example below illustrates a pulse sweep. -- Restore Series 2600B defaults. 1. Configure source functions. smua.reset() Restores defaults and set the -- Set compliance to 10 V. compliance to 10 V.

  • Page 170: Defining A Relative Offset Value

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Front panel relative offset Enabling and disabling relative offset The relative offset feature can be used to establish a zero (0) baseline. To enable and use this feature, press the REL key on the front panel. The reading (which becomes the relative offset value) is subtracted from itself, causing the meter to zero the display.

  • Page 171: Relative Offset Programming Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Command* Description To enable/disable relative offset: smuX.measure.rel.enablei = smuX.REL_OFF Disable current relative offset smuX.measure.rel.enablep = smuX.REL_OFF Disable power relative offset smuX.measure.rel.enabler = smuX.REL_OFF Disable resistance relative offset smuX.measure.rel.enablev = smuX.REL_OFF Disable voltage relative offset smuX.measure.rel.enablei = smuX.REL_ON...

  • Page 172: Filters

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Filters The filter feature lets you set the filter response to stabilize noisy measurements. The Series 2600B uses a digital filter, which is based on reading conversions. The displayed, stored, or transmitted reading is calculated using one or more reading conversions (from 1 to 100).

  • Page 173: Response Time

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring The median filter is used to pass the “middle-most” reading from a group of readings that are arranged according to size. The median filter uses a first-in, first-out stack similar to the moving average filter.

  • Page 174: Filter Programming Example

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To configure the filter: 1. Press the CONFIG key and then the FILTER key. 2. Select TYPE, and then select the filter type: AVERAGE or MEDIAN.  AVERAGE: Use this menu item to select an averaging filter, then select the averaging filter type: MOVING or REPEAT.

  • Page 175: Understanding High-Capacitance Mode

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring High-capacitance mode The Series 2600B instrument has a high-capacitance mode. Because the source-measure unit (SMU) can measure low current, issues can arise when driving a capacitive load. The pole formed by the load capacitance and the current range resistor can cause a phase shift in the SMU voltage control loop.

  • Page 176: Understanding Source Settling Times

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Understanding source settling times Each Series 2600B source-measure unit (SMU) can drive up to 50 µF of a capacitance in high-capacitance mode. To accomplish this, the speed of the Series 2600B SMU is reduced. Source settling times increase when high-capacitance mode is enabled.

  • Page 177: Adjusting The Voltage Source

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Adjusting the voltage source When driving large capacitive loads with high-capacitance mode enabled, the response time may be lengthened by the current limit. For example, see the table titled "Current measure and source settling (on page 4-84) topic.

  • Page 178: Enabling High-Capacitance Mode

    Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Enabling high-capacitance mode Before enabling high-capacitance mode, note the following: • It is important to read the previous section to understand the impact of high-capacitance mode. • Test the device under test (DUT) and the capacitor to determine the best current limit and range of output voltages.

  • Page 179: Measuring Current

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Measuring current The following inputs are required to test leakage using the factory leakage script, as shown in the script example below.  SMU: Sets the Series 2600B source-measure unit to use ...
  • Page 180 Section 4: Sourcing and measuring Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 59: Enabling high-capacitance mode 4-88 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...

  • Page 181: In This Section

    Section 5 Reading buffers In this section: Reading buffers ................ 5-1 Front-panel reading buffer control ..........5-1 Remote reading buffer programming ........5-7 Reading buffers Reading buffers capture measurements, ranges, instrument status, and output state of the Keithley Instruments Series 2600B. The Series 2600B has two default reading buffers for each channel. In addition to the default buffers, you can create user-defined reading buffers.

  • Page 182: Reading Buffer Options

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Reading buffer options The following listing outlines the menu structure and menu items associated with front panel reading buffer control. This section provides a description for each reading buffer option. Use the procedure in Configuring reading buffers (on page 5-3) as a guideline to configure these reading buffer options.

  • Page 183: Configuring Reading Buffers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Configuring reading buffers To configure reading buffers from the front panel: Enabling or disabling the source value or the timestamp is optional. 1. Press the CONFIG key. 2. Press the STORE key and then choose one of the following: ...

  • Page 184: Appending Or Overwriting Existing Reading Buffers

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appending or overwriting existing reading buffers When storing data to a reading buffer that already holds data, the new data can be appended to the reading buffer data, or it can overwrite the old data. To configure the instrument to append or overwrite measurements the next time data is acquired: 1.

  • Page 185: Saving Reading Buffers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Saving reading buffers You can save the dedicated reading buffers to nonvolatile memory, or you can save them to a USB flash drive. Note that the instrument will restore the dedicated reading buffers from internal nonvolatile memory when the unit is turned off and back on.

  • Page 186: Recalling Readings

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Recalling readings To recall the data stored in a reading buffer: 1. Press the RECALL key. 2. Select DATA or STATISTICS. 3. Select the buffer to display: CHANX-BUFF1 or CHANX-BUFF2 (where X is A on the Model 2601B/2611B/2635B, or X is A or B on the Model 2602B/2604B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2636B).

  • Page 187: Remote Reading Buffer Programming

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Remote reading buffer programming You can get readings by making overlapped or sequential measurements. Overlapped commands do not finish executing before the next command starts. Sequential commands complete execution before the next command starts executing.

  • Page 188: Reading Buffer Commands

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Reading buffer commands The following tables summarize commands associated with the reading buffers. See TSP command reference (on page 11-1) for detailed reading buffer command information. Reading buffer commands* Command Description Commands to save/clear readings:...

  • Page 189: Buffer Storage Control Attributes

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers smuX.trigger.measure.iv(ibuffer, Configures both current and voltage measurements to be made during a sweep including the location of where vbuffer) readings will be stored; current readings will be stored in ibuffer and voltage readings will be stored in vbuffer.

  • Page 190: Buffer Storage Control Programming Examples

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Buffer read-only attributes The following table contains buffer read-only attributes. Buffer read-only attributes: Read-only attributes used to access buffer parameters Storage attribute Description basetimestamp The timestamp of when the reading at rb[1] was stored, in seconds from midnight January 1, 1970 GMT.

  • Page 191: Statistic Attributes

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Statistic attributes Use the smuX.buffer.getstats() function to access the reading buffer data statistics. The table below displays the attributes that you can use to access the reading buffer statistics. The returned parameter has the attributes described in the following table.

  • Page 192: Reading Buffer Attributes

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Reading buffer attributes Use the reading buffer attributes to access the reading buffer data. The table below displays the attributes that you can use to access the reading buffer data. Recall attributes Recall attribute* Description...

  • Page 193: Buffer Status

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Buffer status The buffer reading status attribute includes the status information as a numeric value; see the following table for values. For example, to access status information for the second element of SMU channel A buffer 1, use the following command: stat_info = smua.nvbuffer1.statuses[2] Buffer status bits...
  • Page 194 Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Buffer examples Dedicated reading buffer example The following programming example illustrates how to store data using dedicated reading buffer 1 for channel A. In the example, the Series 2600B loops for voltages from 0.01 V to 1 V with 0.01 V steps (essentially performing a staircase sweep), stores 100 current readings and source values in buffer 1, and then recalls all 100 readings and source values.

  • Page 195: Dual Buffer Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 5: Reading buffers Dual buffer example The programming example below shows a script for storing both current and voltage readings using buffer 1 for current and buffer 2 for voltage readings. The Series 2600B stores 100 current and voltage readings and then recalls all 100 sets of readings.

  • Page 196: Dynamically Allocated Buffer Example

    Section 5: Reading buffers Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Dynamically allocated buffer example The programming example below illustrates how to store data to an allocated buffer called mybuffer. The Series 2600B stores 100 current readings in mybuffer and then recalls all the readings. -- Restore Series 2600B defaults.

  • Page 197: In This Section

    Section 6 Triggering In this section: Triggering ................. 6-1 Remote triggering overview............6-1 SMU event detectors ..............6-8 Using trigger events to start actions on trigger objects ... 6-10 Digital I/O port and TSP-Link synchronization lines ....6-11 Timers ..................6-13 Event blenders ...............
  • Page 198 Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following figure graphically represents all the trigger objects of the Series 2600B instrument. Figure 60: Triggering overview The Models 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B do not have digital I/O lines or TSP-Link. Trigger events are identified by means of an event ID.

  • Page 199: Using The Remote Trigger Model

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Trigger event IDs* Event ID** Event description smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID Occurs when the source-measure unit (SMU) transitions from the idle state to the arm layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID Occurs when the SMU moves from the arm layer to the trigger layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID Occurs when the SMU completes a source...
  • Page 200 Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 61: Remote trigger model: Normal (synchronous) mode 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 201 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Figure 62: Remote trigger model: Asynchronous mode When the smuX.trigger.measure.action attribute is set to smuX.DISABLE or smuX.ENABLE, the trigger model will operate in synchronous measurement mode. When it is set to smuX.ASYNC, it will operate in asynchronous mode.

  • Page 202: Configuring Source And Measure Actions

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Each section of the trigger model performs a function: Idle state: If a sweep is not in process, the SMU is in the idle state. Use the smuX.trigger.initiate() function to move the SMU from the idle state to the arm layer.

  • Page 203: Enabling Pulse Mode Sweeps Using The End Pulse Action

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Configured source and measure delays are imposed when the SMU executes the source and measure action blocks. Additionally, if the measure count setting is greater than one, then the measure count is satisfied each time the measure action is performed. Refer to Sweep operation page 4-65) for information about configuring source and measure sweeps.

  • Page 204: Smu Event Detectors

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual SMU event detectors As shown in the Using the remote trigger model (on page 6-3) topic, the source-measure unit (SMU) has multiple event detectors (see the table below) in order to control the timing of various actions. Each event detector monitors for the trigger event assigned to the associated stimulus input.

  • Page 205: Using The Trig Key To Trigger A Sweep

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Using the TRIG key to trigger a sweep The source-measure unit (SMU) can be configured to perform a sweep where each source step is triggered by the front-panel TRIG key. The source action is preceded by the source event detector. The SMU pauses operation at an event detector until a programmed event occurs.

  • Page 206: Using Trigger Events To Start Actions On Trigger Objects

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Using trigger events to start actions on trigger objects Trigger objects can be configured to respond to events generated by other trigger objects, such as using a digital I/O trigger to initiate a sweep. To configure a trigger object to monitor for an event, assign the event ID of the trigger event to the stimulus input.

  • Page 207: Digital I/O Port And Tsp-Link Synchronization Lines

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Digital I/O port and TSP-Link synchronization lines The Series 2600B has two sets of hardware lines that can be used for triggering: 14 digital I/O lines ® and three TSP-Link synchronization lines.

  • Page 208: Trigger Configuration On Hardware Lines

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Pulsewidth Specifies the pulse width of the output trigger signal when the hardware line is asserted. Trigger configuration on hardware lines The Series 2600B can be configured to send digital signals to trigger external instruments. Linking these output triggers to the completion of certain source-measure actions enables hardware handshaking.

  • Page 209: Action Overruns On Hardware Lines

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Action overruns on hardware lines ® An action overrun occurs when a trigger event is received before the digital I/O or TSP-Link line is ready to process it. The generation of an action overrun is dependent upon the trigger mode selected for that line.

  • Page 210: Pass-Through Mode

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Assigning a value to the delay attribute is the same as configuring it with a one-element delay list. Pass-through mode When enabled, the timer generates a trigger event immediately when it is triggered. The timer generates additional trigger events each time a delay expires.

  • Page 211: Timer Action Overruns

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Timer action overruns The timer receives an action overrun when it generates a trigger event while a timer delay is still in progress. Use the status model to monitor for the occurrence of action overruns. For details, see the Status model (on page 9-15, on page D-1).
  • Page 212 Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Single pulse example The programming example below illustrates how to use a single timer to control the pulse width of a single-shot pulse measurement. The programming example configures the timer and SMU as follows: Timer 1: Pulse width timer •...

  • Page 213: Single Pulse Example Code

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Single pulse example code -- Generate a single 500 us, 5 V pulse. -- Configure a single-point voltage list sweep. smua.trigger.source.listv({5}) smua.trigger.source.action = smua.ENABLE smua.trigger.measure.action = smua.DISABLE -- Configure other source parameters for best timing possible. smua.trigger.source.limiti = 0.1 smua.source.rangev = 5 -- Configure timer parameters to output a single 500 us pulse.
  • Page 214 Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Timer 2: Pulse width timer • Set the delay attribute to an appropriate pulse width (see the following figure). • Set the stimulus input to Timer 1's event ID (the start of each pulse is the start of the pulse period).

  • Page 215: Pulse Train Example Code

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Pulse train example code -- Generate a 10-point pulse train where each pulse has a width of 600 -- microseconds and a pulse period of 5 milliseconds. -- Alias the trigger timers to use for pulse width and period. period_timer = trigger.timer[1] pulse_timer = trigger.timer[2] -- Create a fixed level voltage sweep.

  • Page 216: Event Blenders

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Event blenders The ability to combine trigger events is called event blending. You can use an event blender to wait for up to four input trigger events to occur before responding with an output event. You set the event blender operation using remote commands.

  • Page 217: Lan Triggering Overview

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering LAN triggering overview Triggers can be sent and received over the LAN interface. The Series 2600B supports LAN extensions for instrumentation (LXI) and has eight LAN triggers that generate and respond to LXI trigger packets.

  • Page 218: Understanding Lxi Trigger Event Designations

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Understanding LXI trigger event designations LAN trigger objects generate LXI trigger events, which are LAN0 to LAN7 (zero based). In the command table, the LXI trigger events can be accessed using lan.trigger[1] through lan.trigger[8].

  • Page 219: Trigger Generator

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Command interface triggering does not generate action overruns. The triggers are processed in the order that they are received in the Series 2600B command queue. The Series 2600B only processes incoming commands when no commands are running.

  • Page 220: Detecting Trigger Events Using The Wait Function

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Detecting trigger events using the wait() function All of the Series 2600B trigger objects (except for SMUs) have built-in event detectors that monitor for trigger events. The event detector only monitors events generated by that object and cannot be configured to monitor events generated by any other trigger object.

  • Page 221: Using The Release Function Of The Hardware Lines

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Using the release function of the hardware lines Use the release function to allow the hardware line to output another external trigger when the pulse width is set to 0. Setting the pulse width to 0 results in an indefinite length pulse when the assert function is used to output an external trigger.

  • Page 222: Event Detector Overruns

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Event detector overruns If a second trigger event is generated before an event detector clears, the trigger object generates a detector overrun. You can check for detector overruns by reading the overrun attribute of the trigger object.

  • Page 223: Manual Triggering Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Manual triggering example The programming example below illustrates how to pause a script and prompt the operator to press the TRIG key when they are ready to continue. If the TRIG key is not pressed, the test will continue after waiting 10 minutes (600 seconds).

  • Page 224: Hardware Trigger Modes

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Hardware trigger modes ® Different hardware trigger modes can be used for digital I/O and TSP-Link synchronization. Use hardware triggers to integrate Keithley instruments and non-Keithley instruments in a test system. The Series 2600B supports 14 digital I/O lines and three TSP-Link synchronization lines that can be used for input or output triggering.

  • Page 225: Rising Edge Master Trigger Mode

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Figure 71: Falling edge output trigger Rising edge master trigger mode Use the rising edge master (RisingM) trigger mode (see the figure titled "RisingM output trigger") to synchronize with non-Keithley instruments that require a high pulse. Input trigger detection is not available in this trigger mode.

  • Page 226: Rising Edge Acceptor Trigger Mode

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Rising edge acceptor trigger mode The rising edge acceptor trigger mode (RisingA) generates a low pulse and detects rising edge pulses (see the following figures). Input characteristics: • All rising edges generate an input event. Figure 73: RisingA input trigger Output characteristics: •...

  • Page 227: Either Edge Trigger Mode

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Either edge trigger mode The either edge trigger mode generates a low pulse and detects both rising and falling edges. Input characteristics: • All rising or falling edges generate an input trigger event. Figure 75: Either edge input trigger Output characteristics: •...

  • Page 228: Understanding Synchronous Triggering Modes

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Understanding synchronous triggering modes Use the synchronous triggering modes to implement bidirectional triggering, to wait for one node, or to wait for a collection of nodes to complete all triggered actions. All non-Keithley instrumentation must have a trigger mode that functions similar to the SynchronousA or SynchronousM trigger modes.

  • Page 229: Synchronous Acceptor Trigger Mode (Synchronousa)

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Output characteristics: • In addition to trigger events from other trigger objects, the digio.trigger[N].assert() and tsplink.trigger[N].assert() functions generate a low pulse that is similar to the falling edge trigger mode. •...

  • Page 230: Synchronous Trigger Mode

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Output characteristics: • In addition to trigger events from other trigger objects, the digio.trigger[N].assert() and tsplink.trigger[N].assert() functions release the line if the line is latched low. The pulse width is not used. •...

  • Page 231: Digital I/O

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Output characteristics: • In addition to trigger events from other trigger objects, the digio.trigger[N].assert() and tsplink.trigger[N].assert() functions generate a low pulse for the programmed pulse duration if the line is latched low, a falling edge does not occur. •...

  • Page 232: Digital I/O Lines

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For a schematic diagram of the digital I/O hardware, refer to the Series 2600B Specifications on the Keithley Instruments support website (tek.com/support). Connecting cables for Trigger Link Use a cable equipped with a male DB-25 connector (Keithley Instruments part number CA-126-1), or a Model 2600-TLINK cable to connect the digital I/O port to other Keithley Instruments models equipped with a Trigger Link (TLINK).

  • Page 233: Interlock Line

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Interlock line At no time should you bypass the interlock feature of the Series 2600B. Safe operation requires a separate interlock circuit that meets the requirements of the application to reliably protect the operator from exposed voltages.

  • Page 234: Controlling Digital I/O Lines

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Controlling digital I/O lines Although the digital I/O lines are primarily intended for use with a device handler for limit testing, they can also be used for other purposes, such as controlling external logic circuits. You can control lines either from the front panel or over a remote interface.

  • Page 235: Digital I/O Bit Weighting

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Digital I/O bit weighting Bit weighting for the digital I/O lines is shown in the following table. Digital bit weight Line # Bit Decimal Hexadecimal weighting weighting 0x0001 0x0002 0x0004 0x0008 0x0010 0x0020...

  • Page 236: Digital I/O Programming Example

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Digital I/O programming example The programming commands below illustrate how to set bit B1 of the digital I/O port high, and then read the entire port value. digio.trigger[1].mode = digio.TRIG_BYPASS -- Set Bit B1 high.

  • Page 237: Front-Panel Control Of Output Enable

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Figure 85: Using the output enable line Front-panel control of output enable To activate the output enable line from the front panel: 1. Press the CONFIG key followed by the OUTPUT ON/OFF control. 2.

  • Page 238: Remote Control Of Output Enable

    Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Remote control of output enable Use one of these commands* to control output enable action: smuX.source.outputenableaction = smuX.OE_NONE smuX.source.outputenableaction = smuX.OE_OUTPUT_OFF *smuX: For the Model 2601B, this value is smua (SMU Channel A); for the 2602B and 2604B, this value can be smua or smub (for SMU Channel A or SMU Channel B, respectively).

  • Page 239: Operation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 6: Triggering Operation When on the 200 V source range, the output of the Model 2611B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2635B/2636B can only be turned on when the interlock line is driven high through a switch to +5 V (as shown). If the lid of the test fixture opens, the switch opens, and the interlock line goes low, turning the output of the System SourceMeter ®...
  • Page 240 Section 6: Triggering Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Using TSP-Link trigger lines for digital I/O Each trigger line is an open-drain signal. When using the TSP-Link ® trigger lines for digital I/O, any node that sets the programmed line state to zero (0) causes all nodes to read 0 from the line state. This occurs regardless of the programmed line state of any other node.

  • Page 241: Theory Of Operation

    Section 7 Theory of operation In this section: Analog-to-digital converter ............7-1 Source-measure concepts ............7-1 Measurement settling time considerations ......7-25 Effects of load on current source settling time......7-26 Creating pulses with the Series 2600B ........7-27 Analog-to-digital converter The Series 2600B SMUs have an integrating analog-to-digital converter (ADC).

  • Page 242: Overheating Protection

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual As an example, assume the following: ® System SourceMeter instrument: V = 10 V; I = 10 mA LIMIT Device under test (DUT) resistance: 10 Ω With a source voltage of 10 V and a DUT resistance of 10 Ω, the current through the DUT should be: 10 V / 10 Ω...

  • Page 243: General Power Equation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation General power equation The instrument output amplifier voltage. This constant can be found in the tables below. The voltage level the instrument is attempting to force while at the pulse level. When operating in quadrants 1 or 3 (sourcing power), the sign of this voltage must be positive when used in the power equations.

  • Page 244: Continuous Power Operating Boundaries

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Operating boundaries Source or sink Depending on how it is programmed and what is connected to the output (load or source), the instrument can operate in any of the four quadrants. The four quadrants of operation are shown in the continuous operating boundaries figures.
  • Page 245 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Figure 88: Model 2601B/2602B/2604B continuous power operating boundaries The general operating boundaries for Model 2611B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2635B/2636B continuous power output are shown in the following figure (for derating factors, see the General power equation (on page 7-3) described earlier in this section).

  • Page 246: Operation As A Sink

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Operation as a sink When operating the Series 2600B in the second or fourth quadrant, the SMU operates as a load that sinks and dissipates the power internally. The SMU’s ability to dissipate power is defined by the boundaries shown in the previous figure.
  • Page 247 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation The second graph in the figure (marked "B: Limit lines") shows the limit lines for the V-source. The voltage source limit line represents the maximum source value possible for the presently selected voltage source range.

  • Page 248: Load Considerations (V-Source)

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The second graph in the figure (marked "B: Limit lines") shows the limit lines for the V-source. The voltage source limit line represents the maximum source value possible for the presently selected voltage source range.
  • Page 249 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Figure 90: Series 2600B V-source load considerations 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...

  • Page 250: V-Source Sink Operating Boundaries

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following figure shows a voltage sweep on a resistive load of 800 Ω. For this example, the System SourceMeter instrument is programmed to sweep voltage to 10 V, limit current (6 mA) and limit power (50 mW).
  • Page 251 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation The current compliance limit applies both to positive and negative currents. For example, if you set the current compliance limit to 50 mA, the current limit applies to ±50 mA. For this example, the Series 2600B is programmed to source 2 V and to limit current to 50 mA.

  • Page 252: I-Source Operating Boundaries

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual I-source operating boundaries Models 2601B/2602B/2604B I-source operating boundaries The following figure shows the operating boundaries for the I-source. Only the first quadrant of operation is shown; operation in the other three quadrants is similar. The first graph in the figure (marked "A.
  • Page 253 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Models 2611B/2612B/2635B/2636B I-source operating boundaries The following figure shows the operating boundaries for the I-source. Only the first quadrant of operation is shown; operation in the other three quadrants is similar. The first graph in the figure (marked "A: Output characteristics") shows the output characteristics for ®...

  • Page 254: Load Considerations (I-Source)

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Load considerations (I-source) The boundaries within which the instrument operates depend on the load (device-under-test (DUT)) that is connected to its output. The following figure shows operation examples for resistive loads that are 50 Ω...
  • Page 255 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Figure 94: Series 2600B I-source load considerations 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 7-15...
  • Page 256 Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following figure shows a current sweep on a resistive load of 200 Ω. For this example, the instrument is programmed to sweep current to 100 mA, limit voltage (6 V) and limit power (500 mW). When sweeping, the actual source output will vary according to the programmed source value until the voltage limit is reached.

  • Page 257: I-Source Sink Operating Boundaries

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation I-source sink operating boundaries The quadrant within which the Series 2600B operates depends on the device-under-test (DUT) connected to the Series 2600B output. The following example illustrates this operation by using the Series 2600B configured to provide a constant current to discharge a 12 V power source (a battery).
  • Page 258 Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual In the following figure, as the battery drains, the battery voltage is lowered as shown by the green arrow. Operation will continue in this direction until the user stops operation or the voltage reaches the voltage compliance limit line.
  • Page 259 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Basic circuit configurations Source V When configured to source voltage (V-source) as shown in the figure below, the System ® SourceMeter instrument functions as a low-impedance voltage source with current limit capability, and can measure current (I-meter) or voltage (V-meter).

  • Page 260: Source I Measure I, Source V Measure

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Source I When the instrument is configured to source current (I-source), as shown in the figure below, the instrument functions as a high-impedance current source with voltage limit capability and can measure current (I-meter) or voltage (V-meter).

  • Page 261: Measure Only (Voltage Or Current)

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation This feature is valuable when operating with the source in compliance. When in compliance, the programmed source value is not reached. Thus, measuring the source lets you measure the actual output level.

  • Page 262: Contact Check

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Contact check The Models 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B do not perform contact check measurements. When a contact check measurement is being performed, two small current sources are switched in between the HI and SENSE HI terminals and the LO and SENSE LO terminals.

  • Page 263: Guard Connections

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Guard GUARD is at the same potential as output HI. Thus, if hazardous voltages are present at output HI, they are also present at the GUARD terminal. The rear-panel GUARD terminals are always enabled and provide a buffered voltage that is at the same level as the HI (or SENSE HI for remote sense) voltage.
  • Page 264 Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also in the figures below, the driven guard is connected to the cable shield and extended to the metal guard plate for the insulators. Since the voltage on either end of R is the same (0 V drop), no current can flow through the leakage resistance path.

  • Page 265: Measurement Settling Time Considerations

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Measurement settling time considerations Several outside factors can influence measurement settling times. Effects such as dielectric absorption, cable leakages, and noise can all extend the times required to make stable measurements.

  • Page 266: For Controlling Settling Time Delay

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For controlling settling time delay The following code provides measure delay examples for controlling settling time delay of SMU Channel A: -- To turn off measure delay (default setting is smua.DELAY_AUTO). smua.measure.delay = 0 -- set measure delay for all ranges to Y (in seconds).

  • Page 267: Creating Pulses With The Series 2600B

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 7: Theory of operation Maximum DUT impedances for specified settling time performance Range SMU feedback Maximum DUT impedance impedance 1 GΩ 2 GΩ 1 nA 120 MΩ 60 MΩ 10 nA 40 MΩ 20 MΩ...

  • Page 268: Range And Pulse Settling

    Section 7: Theory of operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 105: Pulse rise and fall times Range and pulse settling Each range has different specifications for source settling times. This causes different rise and fall time characteristics depending on the set range. In addition, pulse performance is dependent on the pulse setting as a percent of full scale.

  • Page 269: Maintenance

    Section 8 Maintenance In this section: Introduction ................8-1 Line fuse replacement .............. 8-1 Front panel tests ..............8-3 Upgrading the firmware ............8-4 Introduction The information in this section describes routine maintenance of the instrument that the operator can perform.
  • Page 270 Section 8: Maintenance Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 106: Fuse replacement To prevent injury, death, or instrument damage, use only the correct fuse type (see table). To replace the line fuse: 1. Power off the instrument and remove the line cord. 2.

  • Page 271: Front Panel Tests

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 8: Maintenance Front panel tests There are two front panel tests: one to test the functionality of the front panel keys and one to test the display. In the following procedures, once highlighted, menu items are selected by pressing the ENTER key. Alternatively, menu items can be selected by pressing the navigation wheel Keys test This test lets you check the functionality of each front panel key.

  • Page 272: Display Patterns Test

    Section 8: Maintenance Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display patterns test This test lets you verify that each pixel and indicator in the vacuum fluorescent display is working properly. Perform the following steps to run the display test: 1.
  • Page 273 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 8: Maintenance To upgrade the firmware using the front panel: 1. Copy the firmware upgrade file to a USB flash drive. 2. Disconnect the input and output terminals to and from the instrument. 3.
  • Page 274 Section 8: Maintenance Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 4. On the Instrument Console toolbar, click the Flash memory icon to display a list. Figure 108: Flash memory icon 5. From the list, select Instrument and then click Flash. 6.

  • Page 275: Introduction To Tsp Operation

    Section 9 Introduction to TSP operation In this section: Introduction to TSP operation........... 9-1 About TSP commands ............. 9-3 Factory scripts ................ 9-20 Introduction to TSP operation ® Instruments that are enabled for Test Script Processor (TSP ) operate like conventional instruments by responding to a sequence of commands sent by the controller.
  • Page 276 Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Functions Function-based commands control actions or activities. A function-based command performs an immediate action on the instrument. Each function consists of a function name followed by a set of parentheses ( ). You should only include information in the parentheses if the function takes a parameter.

  • Page 277: Information On Scripting And Programming

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation To read an attribute, you can use the attribute as the parameter of a function, or assign it to another variable. Example 3: Read an attribute using a function print(format.data) Reads the data format by passing the attribute to the print function.

  • Page 278: Beeper Control

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Beeper control The beeper commands allow you to enable or disable and sound the instrument beeper. beeper.beep() (on page 11-7) beeper.enable (on page 11-7) Bit manipulation and logic operations The bit functions perform bitwise logic operations on two given numbers, and bit operations on one given number.

  • Page 279: Data Queue

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Data queue Use the data queue commands to: • Share data between test scripts running in parallel • ® Access data from a remote group or a local node on a TSP-Link network at any time ®...

  • Page 280: Error Queue

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display display.clear() (on page 11-65) display.getannunciators() (on page 11-66) display.getcursor() (on page 11-67) display.getlastkey() (on page 11-68) display.gettext() (on page 11-69) display.inputvalue() (on page 11-71) display.loadmenu.add() (on page 11-72) display.loadmenu.catalog() (on page 11-73) display.loadmenu.delete()
  • Page 281 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation File I/O You can use the file I/O commands to open and close directories and files, write data, or to read a file on an installed USB flash drive. File I/O commands are organized into two groups: •...

  • Page 282: Instrument Identification

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual io.close() (on page 11-114) io.flush() (on page 11-115) io.input() (on page 11-115) io.open() (on page 11-116) io.output() (on page 11-117) io.read() (on page 11-117) io.type() (on page 11-118) io.write() (on page 11-119) os.remove()
  • Page 283 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation lan.applysettings() (on page 11-119) lan.autoconnect (on page 11-120) lan.config.dns.address[N] (on page 11-121) lan.config.dns.domain (on page 11-122) lan.config.dns.dynamic (on page 11-122) lan.config.dns.hostname (on page 11-123) lan.config.dns.verify (on page 11-124) lan.config.duplex (on page 11-125) lan.config.gateway...

  • Page 284: Parallel Script Execution

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Miscellaneous delay() (on page 11-53) exit() (on page 11-94) localnode.autolinefreq (on page 11-149) localnode.linefreq (on page 11-151) makegetter() (on page 11-158) makesetter() (on page 11-159) meminfo() (on page 11-160) opc() (on page 11-162) waitcomplete()

  • Page 285: Reading Buffer

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Reading buffer Reading buffers capture measurements, ranges, instrument status, and output states of the instrument. bufferVar.appendmode (on page 11-17) bufferVar.basetimestamp (on page 11-18) bufferVar.cachemode (on page 11-19) bufferVar.capacity (on page 11-20) bufferVar.clear()
  • Page 286 Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual RS-232 serial.baud (on page 11-186) serial.databits (on page 11-187) serial.flowcontrol (on page 11-188) serial.parity (on page 11-189) serial.read() (on page 11-190) serial.write() (on page 11-191) Saved setups Use the saved setups commands to save or restore the configurations to or from the nonvolatile memory of the instrument or an installed USB flash drive.
  • Page 287 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation localnode.linefreq (on page 11-151) smuX.abort() (on page 11-196) smuX.buffer.getstats() (on page 11-196) smuX.buffer.recalculatestats() (on page 11-198) smuX.contact.check() (on page 11-209) smuX.contact.r() (on page 11-210) smuX.contact.speed (on page 11-211) smuX.contact.threshold (on page 11-212) smuX.makebuffer()

  • Page 288: Smu Calibration

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.arm.set() (on page 11-252) smuX.trigger.arm.stimulus (on page 11-253) smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID (on page 11-255) smuX.trigger.autoclear (on page 11-255) smuX.trigger.count (on page 11-256) smuX.trigger.endpulse.action (on page 11-257) smuX.trigger.endpulse.set() (on page 11-258) smuX.trigger.endpulse.stimulus (on page 11-258) smuX.trigger.endsweep.action...
  • Page 289 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Status model The status model is a set of status registers and queues. You can use the following commands to manipulate and monitor these registers and queues to view and control various instrument events. status.condition (on page 11-277) status.measurement.*...
  • Page 290 Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.system.* (on page 11-348) status.system2.* (on page 11-350) status.system3.* (on page 11-352) status.system4.* (on page 11-355) status.system5.* (on page 11-357) Time bufferVar.basetimestamp (on page 11-18) bufferVar.collecttimestamps (on page 11-23) bufferVar.timestampresolution (on page 11-35) bufferVar.timestamps...
  • Page 291 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation lan.trigger[N].assert() (on page 11-139) lan.trigger[N].clear() (on page 11-140) lan.trigger[N].connect() (on page 11-140) lan.trigger[N].connected (on page 11-141) lan.trigger[N].disconnect() (on page 11-142) lan.trigger[N].EVENT_ID (on page 11-142) lan.trigger[N].ipaddress (on page 11-143) lan.trigger[N].mode (on page 11-144) lan.trigger[N].overrun...
  • Page 292 Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.clear() (on page 11-373) trigger.EVENT_ID (on page 11-373) trigger.generator[N].assert() (on page 11-374) trigger.generator[N].EVENT_ID (on page 11-374) trigger.timer[N].clear() (on page 11-375) trigger.timer[N].count (on page 11-375) trigger.timer[N].delay (on page 11-376) trigger.timer[N].delaylist (on page 11-376) trigger.timer[N].EVENT_ID...
  • Page 293 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation tsplink.trigger[N].pulsewidth (on page 11-392) tsplink.trigger[N].release() (on page 11-392) tsplink.trigger[N].reset() (on page 11-393) tsplink.trigger[N].stimulus (on page 11-394) tsplink.trigger[N].wait() (on page 11-395) tsplink.writebit() (on page 11-396) tsplink.writeport() (on page 11-396) tsplink.writeprotect (on page 11-397) TSP-Net...

  • Page 294: Running A Factory Script

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Factory scripts ® The Keithley Instruments Series 2600B System SourceMeter instrument is shipped with one or more factory scripts saved in its flash firmware memory. A factory script is made up of a number of functions.

  • Page 295: Retrieving And Modifying A Factory Script Listing

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Running a factory script function from the front-panel controls 1. Press the LOAD key. 2. Select FACTORY. 3. Select the function to run and press the ENTER key or navigation wheel 4.

  • Page 296: Kipulse Factory Script

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual KIPulse factory script The KIPulse factory script provides examples of how to generate pulses and to provide a simple pulsing interface. Pulses can be generated using the functions listed below. Please note the following information about the KIPulse factory script: ...

  • Page 297: Kihighc Factory Script

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation KIPulse tag parameter pulse functions ConfigPulseIMeasureV() (on page 11-37) ConfigPulseVMeasureI() (on page 11-43) ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLin() (on page 11-39) ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLin() (on page 11-45) ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLog() (on page 11-41) ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLog() (on page 11-47) InitiatePulseTest() (on page 11-111) InitiatePulseTestDual()

  • Page 298: Kiparlib Factory Script

    Section 9: Introduction to TSP operation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual KIParlib factory script The KIParlib factory script is made up of two functions: gm_vsweep() and gm_isweep(). gm_vsweep() (on page 11-106) gm_isweep() (on page 11-105) KISavebuffer factory script The KISavebuffer script has one function: savebuffer().

  • Page 299: Instrument Programming

    Section 10 Instrument programming In this section: Fundamentals of scripting for TSP ......... 10-1 Fundamentals of programming for TSP ....... 10-16 Test Script Builder (TSB)............10-36 Password management ............10-40 Working with TSB Embedded ..........10-43 Advanced scripting for TSP ..........10-44 TSP-Link system expansion interface ........

  • Page 300: What Is A Script

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual What is a script? A script is a collection of instrument control commands and programming statements. Scripts that you create are referred to as user scripts. Your scripts can be interactive. Interactive scripts display messages on the front panel of the instrument that prompt the operator to enter parameters.

  • Page 301: What Can Be Included In Scripts

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming What can be included in scripts? ® Scripts can include combinations of Test Script Processor (TSP ) commands and Lua code. TSP commands instruct the instrument to do one thing and are described in the command reference (see TSP commands (on page 11-7)).
  • Page 302 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Create and load a script You create scripts by loading them into the run-time environment of the instrument. You can load a script as a named script or as the anonymous script. Once a script is loaded into the instrument, you can execute it remotely or from the front panel.
  • Page 303 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming The following figure shows an example of how to load a script named “test.” The first command tells the instrument to start collecting the messages for the script named “test.” The last command marks the end of the script.
  • Page 304 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Load a script from the instrument front panel You can also load scripts from a USB flash drive to the run-time environment of the instrument. Depending on the content of the TSP file on the drive, the script can be loaded either as an anonymous script without a designated name, or as a named script with a user-defined name.

  • Page 305: Create A Script Using Tsb Embedded

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming 8. If the script has the same name as a script that is already in memory, you are prompted to overwrite the script.  Select Yes to continue.  Select No to return to the list of files.

  • Page 306: Run Scripts

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Run scripts This section describes how to run the anonymous and named scripts. On the front panel, items are available through the USER menu if you explicitly add them to the menu. The items the menu selections represent can be scripts, function calls, or instrument commands.
  • Page 307 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Run a user script from the instrument front panel From the front panel, you can load and run a script that was previously added to the USER menu. To run the code from the front panel and add it to the USER menu: 1.

  • Page 308: Scripts That Run Automatically

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Scripts that run automatically You can set up scripts to run automatically when you power on the instrument. To do this, either set the autorun attribute for the script to yes (see Autorun scripts (on page 10-10)), or create a script with the script name autoexec (see...

  • Page 309: Working With Scripts In Nonvolatile Memory

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming You must save the autoexec script to nonvolatile memory if you want to use it after instrument power has been turned off and then turned on again. See Save a user script to nonvolatile memory (on page 10-12) for more detail.

  • Page 310: Save The Anonymous Script As A Named Script

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To save a script to nonvolatile memory: 1. Create and load a named script (see Create and load a script (on page 10-4)). 2. Do one of the following: ...

  • Page 311: Delete User Scripts

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Save a script from the instrument front panel You can save scripts from the run-time environment to nonvolatile memory or the USB port on the instrument front panel. If you want to save the anonymous script to nonvolatile memory, you must name it first. See Save the anonymous script as a named script (on page 10-12).
  • Page 312 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Programming example Interactive script example An interactive script prompts the operator to input values using front panel controls. The following example script uses display messages to prompt the operator to: •...
  • Page 313 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming reset() -- Clear the display. display.clear() -- Prompt the user for a voltage value to source. srcVoltage = display.prompt("+000.00", " V", "Enter source voltage", 5, -20, 20) -- Prompt the user to enable measurements. measEnable = display.menu("Measurements?", "ENABLE DISABLE") if measEnable == "ENABLE"...

  • Page 314: Fundamentals Of Programming For Tsp

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Fundamentals of programming for TSP Introduction To conduct a test, a computer (controller) is programmed to send sequences of commands to an instrument. The controller orchestrates the actions of the instrumentation. The controller is typically programmed to request measurement results from the instrumentation and make test sequence decisions based on those measurements.

  • Page 315: Function And Variable Name Restrictions

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Comments Comments start anywhere outside a string with a double hyphen (--). If the text immediately after a double hyphen (--) is anything other than double left brackets ([[), the comment is a short comment, which continues only until the end of the line.

  • Page 316: Values And Variable Types

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual You also cannot use top-level command names as variable names. If you use these names, it will result in the loss of use of the commands. For example, if you send the command digio = 5, you cannot access the digio.* commands until you turn the instrument power off and then turn it on again.

  • Page 317: Variable Types

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Variable types Variables can be one of the following types. Variable types and values Variable type returned Value Notes "nil" not declared The type of the value nil, whose main property is to be different from any other value;...

  • Page 318: Delete A Global Variable

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example: String and number x = "123" string print(x, type(x)) x = x + 7 Adding a number to x forces its type to number. print(x, type(x)) number Example: Function function add_two(first_value, function second_value)

  • Page 319: Create Functions Using The Function Keyword

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Create functions using the function keyword Functions are created with a message or in Lua code in either of the following forms: function myFunction(parameterX) functionBody end myFunction = function (parameterX) functionBody end Where: •...

  • Page 320: Create Functions Using Scripts

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example 3 function sum_diff_ratio(first_value, Returns multiple parameters (sum, difference, and ratio of the two numbers second_value) passed to it). psum = first_value + second_value Output: pdif = first_value - second_value prat = first_value / second_value return psum, pdif, prat 0.66666666666667...

  • Page 321: Group Commands Using The Function Keyword

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming 5. Run the new function with a value. MyFunction("world") The response message is: Hello world Group commands using the function keyword The following script contains instrument commands that display the name of the person that is using the script on the front panel of the instrument.

  • Page 322: Logical Operators

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Relational operators Operator Description < less than > greater than <= less than or equal >= greater than or equal not equal equal Logical operators The logical operators in Lua are and, or, and not. All logical operators consider both false and nil as false and anything else as true.

  • Page 323: Operator Precedence

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Example: Concatenation print(2 .. 3) print("Hello " .. "World") Output: Hello World Operator precedence Operator precedence in Lua follows the order below (from higher to lower priority): • ^ (exponentiation) •...

  • Page 324: Conditional Branching

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Conditional branching Lua uses the if, else, elseif, then, and end keywords to do conditional branching. Note that in Lua, nil and false are false and everything else is true. Zero (0) is true in Lua. The syntax of a conditional block is as follows: if expression then block...

  • Page 325: Loop Control

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Example: Else and elseif x = 1 y = 2 if x and y then print("'if' expression 2 was not false.") if x or y then print("'if' expression 3 was not false.") if not x then print("'if' expression 4 was not false.") else...

  • Page 326: Repeat Until Loops

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The output you get from this example may vary depending on the data format settings of the instrument. Example: While list = { This loop exits when list[element] "One", "Two", "Three", "Four", "Five", "Six"} = nil.

  • Page 327: For Loops

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Example: Repeat until list = {"One", "Two", "Three", "Four", "Five", "Six"} print("Count elements in list using repeat:") element = 1 repeat print(element, list[element]) element = element + 1 until not list[element] Output: Count elements in list using repeat:...
  • Page 328 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example: Generic for days = {"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"} for i, v in ipairs(days) do print(days[i], i, v) The generic for statement works by using functions called iterators. On each iteration, the iterator function is called to produce a new value, stopping when this new value is nil.
  • Page 329 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Example: Break with while statement enclosed by comment delimiters local numTable = {5, 4, 3, 2, 1} This example defines a break value (breakValue), but the break value line is local k = table.getn(numTable) preceded by comment delimiters so that the --local breakValue = 3...

  • Page 330: Standard Libraries

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Tables and arrays Lua makes extensive use of the data type table, which is a flexible array-like data type. Table indices start with 1. Tables can be indexed not only with numbers, but with any value except nil. Tables can be heterogeneous, which means that they can contain values of all types except nil.

  • Page 331: Base Library Functions

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Base library functions Base library functions Function Description collectgarbage() Sets the garbage-collection threshold to the given limit (in kilobytes) and checks it against the byte counter. If the new collectgarbage(limit) threshold is smaller than the byte counter, Lua immediately runs the garbage collector.

  • Page 332: String Library Functions

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual String library functions This library provides generic functions for string manipulation, such as finding and extracting substrings. When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position 1 (not 0, as in ANSI C). Indices may be negative and are interpreted as indexing backward from the end of the string.

  • Page 333: Math Library Functions

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Math library functions This library is an interface to most of the functions of the ANSI C math library. All trigonometric functions work in radians. The functions math.deg() and math.rad() convert between radians and degrees.

  • Page 334: Programming Example

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Programming example The following script puts a message on the front panel display slowly — one character at a time. The intent of this example is to demonstrate: • The use of a for loop •...

  • Page 335: Installing The Tsb Add-In

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Installing the TSB add-in When you install the Test Script Builder Software Suite, all available updates for TSB Add-in software are also installed. This includes any additional tools for the Test Script Builder (TSB) and model-specific examples and help files (see Installing the TSB software (on page 10-36)).
  • Page 336 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The following figure shows an example of the Test Script Builder. As shown, the workspace is divided into these areas: • Project navigator • Script editor • Outline view •...

  • Page 337: Project Navigator

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Project navigator The project navigator consists of project folders and the script files (.tsp) created for each project. Each project folder can have one or more script files. To view the script files in a project folder, click the plus (+) symbol next to the project folder. To hide the folder contents, click the minus (−) symbol next to the project folder.

  • Page 338: Programming Interaction

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The Outline tab is visible by default in the TSP perspective. Icon Name Examples function gFunction() Global function variable local function lFunction() Local function variable Anonymous function myTest(function() return 1 end) Global table variable gTable = { } Local table variable...

  • Page 339: Password Overview

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Password overview Passwords can contain up to 255 characters. If the password feature is enabled, a password is required to view and modify the following web pages: • IP configuration •...

  • Page 340: Unlocking The Remote Interface

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual You must enable passwords to use this feature. To lock the instrument when you are away from the testing area, send the following command: password The remote interface is locked. The Series 2600B does not respond to commands issued from the command interface until you unlock the interface.

  • Page 341: Working With Tsb Embedded

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Working with TSB Embedded TSB Embedded is an alternative to the full version of the Test Script Builder (TSB) Suite. The capabilities of TSB Embedded are similar to TSB. TSB Embedded includes a command line interface that you can use to send instrument commands and create, modify, and save test scripts to the instrument.

  • Page 342: Advanced Scripting For Tsp

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To modify a script: 1. Select the script from the User Scripts area. 2. Modify the code in the script editor. 3. Click Save Script to validate the syntax and save the script. 4.
  • Page 343 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming When the anonymous script is loaded, it does not have a global variable or an entry in the script.user.scripts table. If there is an existing anonymous script, it is replaced by the new one.

  • Page 344: Create A Script Using The Script.new Command

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Create a script using the script.new() command Use the script.new() function to copy an existing script from the local node to a remote node. This enables parallel script execution. You can create a script with the script.new() function using the command: scriptVar = script.new(code, name) Where:...
  • Page 345 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming When you create a script using script.new(), if you do not include name, the script is added to the run-time environment as an unnamed script. The script.new() function returns the script. You can assign it to a global variable, a local variable, or ignore the return value.

  • Page 346: Rename A Script

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 114: Create a new script with the name of an existing script Rename a script You can rename a script. You might want to rename a script if you need to name another script the same name as the existing script.
  • Page 347 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming If the new name is the same as a name that is already used for a script, the name of the existing script is removed and that script becomes unnamed. This removes the existing script if there are no other variables that reference the previous script.

  • Page 348: Retrieve A User Script

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Retrieve a user script There are several ways to retrieve the source code of a user script: • One line at a time: Use scriptVar.list() to retrieve the source code one line at a time •...

  • Page 349: Retrieve A Script As A Single String

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Retrieve a script as a single string To retrieve the entire user script source code as a single string, use the scriptVar.source attribute. The loadscript or loadandrunscript and endscript keywords are not included. To retrieve the source code as a single string, send the command: print(scriptVar.source) Where scriptVar is the name of the script.

  • Page 350: Restore A Script To The Run-Time Environment

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 3. Remove the script from nonvolatile memory. To delete the script from nonvolatile memory, send the command: script.delete("name") Where name is the name that the script was saved as. For example, to delete "beepTwoSec", you would send: script.delete("beepTwoSec") Restore a script to the run-time environment...

  • Page 351: Memory Considerations For The Run-Time Environment

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Memory considerations for the run-time environment The Series 2600B reserves 32 MB of memory for dynamic run-time use. Approximate allocation of this memory is shown below: 5 MB Firmware general operation 1 MB Reserve for instrument internal operation 2 MB...

  • Page 352: Tsp-Link System Expansion Interface

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual If the amount of memory used is over 95 percent, or if you receive out-of-memory errors, you should reduce the amount of memory that is used. Some suggestions for increasing the available memory: •...

  • Page 353: Master And Subordinates

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Master and subordinates ® In a TSP-Link system, one of the nodes (instruments) is the master node and the other nodes are ® the subordinate nodes. The master node in a TSP-Link system can control the other nodes (subordinates) in the system.

  • Page 354: Assigning Node Numbers

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Connections Connections for an expanded system are shown in the following figure. As shown, one instrument is optionally connected to the computer using the GPIB, LAN, USB, or RS-232 interface. Details about these computer communication connections are described in Remote communications interfaces page 2-4).

  • Page 355: Resetting The Tsp-Link Network

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming To assign a node number using a remote command: Set the tsplink.node attribute of the instrument: tsplink.node = N Where: N = 1 to 63 To determine the node number of an instrument, you can read the tsplink.node attribute by sending the following command: print(tsplink.node) The above print command outputs the node number.
  • Page 356 Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual An attempted TSP-Link reset operation will fail if any of the following conditions are true: • Two or more instruments in the system have the same node number • There are no other instruments connected to the instrument performing the reset (only if the expected number of nodes was not provided in the reset call) •...

  • Page 357: Using The Reset Command

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Using the reset() command Most TSP-Link ® system operations target a single node in the system, but the reset() command affects the system as a whole by resetting all nodes to their default settings: -- Reset all nodes in a TSP-Link system to their default state.

  • Page 358: Tsp Advanced Features

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual TSP advanced features ® Use the Test Script Processor (TSP ) scripting engine's advanced features to: • Run test scripts simultaneously • Manage resources allocated to test scripts that are running simultaneously •...
  • Page 359 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Another method you can use to run simultaneous test scripts is to use groups with a single TSP-Link network. Each group on the TSP-Link network can run a test while other groups are running different tests.

  • Page 360: Using Groups To Manage Nodes On Tsp-Link Network

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Using groups to manage nodes on TSP-Link network The primary purpose of groups is to allow each group to run a different test script simultaneously. A group can consist of one or more nodes. You must assign group numbers to each node using remote commands.

  • Page 361: Assigning Groups

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Assigning groups Group numbers can range from zero (0) to 64. The default group number is 0. You can change the group number at any time. You can also add or remove a node to or from a group at any time. Each time the power for a node is turned off, the group number for that node changes to 0.

  • Page 362: Using The Data Queue For Real-Time Communication

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual If you want to wait for completion of overlapped operations for: • All nodes in the local group: Use waitcomplete() without a parameter from the master node or group leader. •...

  • Page 363: Copying Test Scripts Across The Tsp-Link Network

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming You can access data from the data queue even if a remote group or a node has overlapped operations in process. See the dataqueue commands in the TSP command reference (on page 11-1) for more information.

  • Page 364: Tsp-Net

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual -- Create a reading buffer on a node in a remote group. node[2].tsplink.group = 7 node[2].execute("rbremote = smua.makebuffer(20)" .. "smua.measure.count = 20 " .. "smua.measure.v(rbremote)") -- Create a variable on the local node to -- access the reading buffer.

  • Page 365: Using Tsp-Net With Any Ethernet-Enabled Instrument

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming Using TSP-Net with any ethernet-enabled instrument Refer to TSP command reference (on page 11-1) for details about the commands presented in this section. The Series 2600B LAN port is auto-sensing (Auto-MDIX), so you can use either a LAN crossover cable or a LAN straight-through cable to connect directly from the Series 2600B to an ethernet device or to a hub.

  • Page 366: Example Script

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To communicate to a remote ethernet device from the Series 2600B: 1. Connect to the remote device using one of the above procedures. If the Series 2600B cannot make a connection to the remote device, it generates a timeout event. Use tspnet.timeout to set the timeout value.

  • Page 367: Tsp-Net Compared To Tsp-Link To Communicate With Tsp-Enabled Devices

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 10: Instrument programming TSP-Net compared to TSP-Link to communicate with TSP-enabled devices ® The TSP-Link network interface is the preferred communication method for most applications where communication occurs between the Series 2600B and another TSP-enabled instrument. One of the advantages of using the TSP-Link network interface is that TSP-Link connections have three trigger lines that are available to each device on the TSP-Link network.

  • Page 368: Example: Using Tspnet Commands

    Section 10: Instrument programming Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example: Using tspnet commands function telnetConnect(ipAddress, userName, password) -- Connect through Telnet to a computer. id = tspnet.connect(ipAddress, 23, "") -- Read the title and login prompt from the computer. print(string.format("from computer-->...

  • Page 369: In This Section

    Section 11 TSP command reference In this section: TSP command programming notes ........11-1 Using the TSP command reference ........11-3 TSP commands ..............11-7 TSP command programming notes This section contains general information about using TSP commands. Placeholder text This manual uses italicized text to represent the parts of remote commands that must be replaced by user specified values.

  • Page 370: Syntax Rules

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example 3: smuX.trigger.measure.Y(rbuffer) Where: X refers to the source-measure unit (SMU) channel (use a for SMU A). Y is the measurement type that you specify (v, i, r, or p). rbuffer is the reading buffer object where the readings will be stored.
  • Page 371 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Using the TSP command reference ® The Test Script Processor (TSP ) command reference contains detailed descriptions of each of the TSP commands that you can use to control your instrument. Each command description is broken into subsections.

  • Page 372: Command Name And Summary Table

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Command name and summary table Each instrument command description starts with the command name, followed by a table with relevant information for each command. Definitions for the numbered items in the figure below are listed following the figure.

  • Page 373: Command Usage

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Command usage The Usage section of the remote command listing shows how to properly structure the command. Each line in the Usage section is a separate variation of the command usage. All possible command usage options are shown.

  • Page 374: Example Section

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example section The Example section of the remote command description shows examples of how you can use the command. Figure 123: TSP example code Actual example code that you can copy from this table and paste into your own programming application.

  • Page 375: Tsp Commands

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference TSP commands The TSP commands available for the instrument are listed in alphabetic order. beeper.beep() This function generates an audible tone. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 376 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example beeper.enable = beeper.ON Enables the beeper and generates a two-second, 2400 Hz tone. beeper.beep(2, 2400) Also see beeper.beep() (on page 11-7) bit.bitand() This function performs a bitwise logical AND operation on two numbers. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 377 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bit.bitor() This function performs a bitwise logical OR operation on two numbers. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.bitor(value1, value2) result Result of the logical OR operation value1 Operand for the logical OR operation...
  • Page 378 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example testResult = bit.bitxor(10, 9) Performs a logical XOR operation on decimal 10 (binary 1010) with decimal 9 (binary 1001), which returns a value of decimal 3 (binary 0011). print(testResult) Output: 3.00000e+00...
  • Page 379 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bit.get() This function retrieves the weighted value of a bit at a specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.get(value, index) result Result of the bit manipulation value...
  • Page 380 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bit.getfield() This function returns a field of bits from the value starting at the specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.getfield(value, index, width) result Result of the bit manipulation...
  • Page 381 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bit.set() This function sets a bit at the specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.set(value, index) result Result of the bit manipulation value Specified number index...
  • Page 382 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bit.setfield() This function overwrites a bit field at a specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.setfield(value, index, width, fieldValue) result Result of the bit manipulation value...
  • Page 383 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bit.test() This function returns the Boolean value (true or false) of a bit at the specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.test(value, index) result...
  • Page 384 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bit.toggle() This function toggles the value of a bit at a specified index position. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage result = bit.toggle(value, index) result Result of the bit manipulation value...
  • Page 385 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.appendmode This attribute sets the state of the reading buffer's append mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable See Details 0 (disabled) Usage state = bufferVar.appendmode bufferVar.appendmode = state...
  • Page 386 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.basetimestamp This attribute contains the timestamp that indicates when the first reading was stored in the buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable See Details Usage...
  • Page 387 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.cachemode This attribute enables or disables the reading buffer cache (on or off). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Not saved 1 (enabled) Usage cacheMode = bufferVar.cachemode...
  • Page 388 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.capacity This attribute contains the number of readings a buffer can store. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable See Details Not applicable Usage bufferCapacity = bufferVar.capacity bufferCapacity...
  • Page 389 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.clear() This function empties the buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage bufferVar.clear() bufferVar The reading buffer; can be a dynamically allocated user-defined buffer or a dedicated reading buffer Details This function clears all readings and related recall attributes from the buffer (for example,...
  • Page 390 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To avoid this, you can include explicit calls to the bufferVar.clearcache() function to remove stale values from the reading buffer cache. Example smua.nvbuffer1.clearcache() Clears the reading buffer cache for dedicated reading buffer 1 (source-measure unit (SMU) channel A).
  • Page 391 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.nvbuffer1.collectsourcevalues = 1 Include source values with readings for dedicated reading buffer 1 (source-measure unit (SMU) channel A). Also see bufferVar.clear() (on page 11-21) Reading buffers (on page 5-8, on page 5-1) smuX.measure.overlappedY() (on page 11-226) smuX.measure.Y()
  • Page 392 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see bufferVar.clear() (on page 11-21) Reading buffers (on page 5-8, on page 5-1) smuX.measure.overlappedY() (on page 11-226) smuX.measure.Y() (on page 11-231) smuX.nvbufferY (on page 11-233) smuX.trigger.measure.Y() (on page 11-266) bufferVar.fillcount This attribute sets the reading buffer fill count.
  • Page 393 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.fillmode This attribute sets the reading buffer fill mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable See Details 0 (smuX.FILL_ONCE) Usage fillMode = bufferVar.fillmode bufferVar.fillmode = fillMode fillMode The reading buffer fill mode;...
  • Page 394 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.measurefunctions This attribute contains the measurement function that was used to acquire a reading stored in a specified reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details...
  • Page 395 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.measureranges This attribute contains the measurement range values that were used for readings stored in a specified buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details Not applicable...
  • Page 396 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.n This attribute contains the number of readings in the buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details Not applicable Usage numberOfReadings = bufferVar.n numberOfReadings...
  • Page 397 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.readings This attribute contains the readings stored in a specified reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details Not applicable Usage reading = bufferVar.readings[N]...
  • Page 398 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.sourcefunctions This attribute contains the source function that was being used when the readings were stored in a specified reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer...
  • Page 399 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.sourceoutputstates This attribute indicates the state of the source output for readings that are stored in a specified buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details...
  • Page 400 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.sourceranges This attribute contains the source range that was used for readings stored in a specified reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details Not applicable...
  • Page 401 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.sourcevalues When enabled by the bufferVar.collectsourcevalues attribute, this attribute contains the source levels being output when readings in the reading buffer were acquired. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R)
  • Page 402 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.statuses This attribute contains the status values of readings in the reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer See Details Not applicable Usage statusInformation = bufferVar.statuses[N]...
  • Page 403 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference bufferVar.timestampresolution This attribute contains the resolution of the timestamp. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value 1e-6 (1 µs) Attribute (RW) Not applicable See Details Usage resolution = bufferVar.timestampresolution resolution Timestamp resolution in seconds...
  • Page 404 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bufferVar.timestamps When enabled by the bufferVar.collecttimestamps attribute, this attribute contains the timestamp when each reading saved in the specified reading buffer occurred. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Clearing the buffer...
  • Page 405 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseIMeasureV() This KIPulse factory script function configures a current pulse train with a voltage measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage f, msg = ConfigPulseIMeasureV(smu, bias, level, limit, ton, toff, points, buffer, tag, sync_in, sync_out, sync_in_timeout, sync_in_abort)
  • Page 406 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Data for pulsed voltage measurements are stored in the reading buffer specified by the buffer input parameter. This function configures a current pulse train with a voltage measurement at each point. Measurements are made at the end of the ton time.
  • Page 407 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLin() This KIPulse factory script function configures a linear pulsed current sweep with a voltage measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage f, msg = ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLin(smu, bias, start, stop, limit, ton, toff,...
  • Page 408 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Data for pulsed voltage measurements are stored in the reading buffer specified by the buffer input parameter. This function configures a linear pulsed current sweep with a voltage measurement at each point. Measurements are made at the end of the ton time.
  • Page 409 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLog() This KIPulse factory script (on page 9-22) function configures a voltage pulse train with a current measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 410 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Data for pulsed voltage measurements are stored in the reading buffer specified by the buffer input parameter. This function configures a logarithmic pulsed current sweep with a voltage measurement at each point.
  • Page 411 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseVMeasureI() This KIPulse factory script function configures a voltage pulse train with a current measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage f, msg = ConfigPulseVMeasureI(smu, bias, level, limit, ton, toff, points, buffer, tag, sync_in, sync_out, sync_in_timeout, sync_in_abort)
  • Page 412 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual This function does not cause the specified smu to output a pulse train. It does check to see if all the pulse dimensions can be achieved, and if they can, assigns the indicated tag or index to the pulse train.
  • Page 413 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLin() This KIPulse factory script function configures a voltage pulse train with a current measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage f, msg = ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLin(smu, bias, start, stop, limit, ton, toff, points, buffer, tag, sync_in, sync_out, sync_in_timeout, sync_in_abort)
  • Page 414 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Data for pulsed current measurements are stored in the reading buffer specified by the buffer input parameter. This function configures a linear pulsed voltage sweep with a current measurement at each point. Measurements are made at the end of the ton time.
  • Page 415 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLog() This KIPulse factory script (on page 9-22) function configures a voltage pulse train with a current measurement at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 416 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Data for pulsed current measurements are stored in the reading buffer specified by the buffer input parameter. This function configures a logarithmic pulsed voltage sweep with a current measurement at each point.
  • Page 417 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see InitiatePulseTest() (on page 11-111) KIPulse factory script (on page 9-22) dataqueue.add() This function adds an entry to the data queue. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 418 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual dataqueue.CAPACITY This constant is the maximum number of entries that you can store in the data queue. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage count = dataqueue.CAPACITY count The variable that is assigned the value of dataqueue.CAPACITY...
  • Page 419 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example MaxCount = dataqueue.CAPACITY This example fills the data queue and prints the number of items in the queue. It then clears the while dataqueue.count < MaxCount do queue and prints the number of items again.
  • Page 420 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see dataqueue.add() (on page 11-49) dataqueue.CAPACITY (on page 11-50) dataqueue.clear() (on page 11-50) dataqueue.next() (on page 11-52) Using the data queue for real-time communication (on page 10-64) dataqueue.next() This function removes the next entry from the data queue.
  • Page 421 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see dataqueue.add() (on page 11-49) dataqueue.CAPACITY (on page 11-50) dataqueue.clear() (on page 11-50) dataqueue.count (on page 11-51) format.asciiprecision (on page 11-98) Using the data queue for real-time communication (on page 10-64) delay() This function delays the execution of the commands that follow it.
  • Page 422 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details A returned value of zero (0) indicates that the line is low. A returned value of one (1) indicates that the line is high. Example print(digio.readbit(4)) Assume line 4 is set high, and it is then read. Output: 1.00000e+00 Also see...
  • Page 423 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference digio.trigger[N].assert() This function asserts a trigger pulse on one of the digital I/O lines. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 424 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual digio.trigger[N].EVENT_ID This constant identifies the trigger event generated by the digital I/O line N. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage...
  • Page 425 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Set triggerMode to one of the following values: Trigger mode values triggerMode Description digio.TRIG_BYPASS or 0 Allows direct control of the line. digio.TRIG_FALLING or 1 Detects falling-edge triggers as input; asserts a TTL-low pulse for output.
  • Page 426 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual digio.trigger[N].overrun This attribute returns the event detector overrun status. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Instrument reset Not saved Not applicable...
  • Page 427 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Setting the pulse width to zero (0) seconds asserts the trigger indefinitely. To release the trigger line, use digio.trigger[N].release(). Example digio.trigger[4].pulsewidth = 20e-6 Sets the pulse width for trigger line 4 to 20 μs.
  • Page 428 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual digio.trigger[N].reset() This function resets trigger values to their factory defaults. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage digio.trigger[N].reset() Digital I/O trigger line (1 to 14)
  • Page 429 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference digio.trigger[N].stimulus This attribute selects the event that causes a trigger to be asserted on the digital output line. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value...
  • Page 430 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description trigger.EVENT_ID Occurs when a *TRG command is received on the remote interface GPIB only: Occurs when a GET bus command is received USB only: Occurs when a USBTMC TRIGGER message is received VXI-11 only: Occurs with the VXI-11 command...
  • Page 431 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This function pauses for up to timeout seconds for an input trigger. If one or more trigger events are detected since the last time digio.trigger[N].wait() or digio.trigger[N].clear() was called, this function returns a value immediately.
  • Page 432 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example digio.writebit(4, 0) Sets digital I/O line 4 low (0). Also see digio.readbit() (on page 11-53) digio.readport() (on page 11-54) digio.trigger[N].mode (on page 11-56) digio.writeport() (on page 11-64) digio.writeprotect (on page 11-65) digio.writeport()
  • Page 433 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference digio.writeprotect This attribute contains the write-protect mask that protects bits from changes from the digio.writebit() and digio.writeport() functions. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value...
  • Page 434 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual display.getannunciators() This function reads the annunciators (indicators) that are presently turned on. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage annunciators = display.getannunciators() annunciators The bitmasked value that shows which indicators are turned on Details This function returns a bitmasked value showing which indicators are turned on.
  • Page 435 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example 2 print(display.ANNUNCIATOR_EDIT) Output: 2.56000e+02 print(display.ANNUNCIATOR_TRIGGER) 3.20000e+01 print(display.ANNUNCIATOR_AUTO) 8.00000e+00 Also see bit.bitand() (on page 11-8) display.getcursor() This function reads the present position of the cursor on the front-panel display. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 436 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see display.gettext() (on page 11-69) display.screen (on page 11-78) display.setcursor() (on page 11-80) display.settext() (on page 11-81) display.getlastkey() This function retrieves the key code for the last pressed key. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 437 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference When using this function, use built-in constants such as display.KEY_RIGHT (rather than the numeric value of 103). This will allow for better forward compatibility with firmware revisions. You cannot use this function to track the OUTPUT ON/OFF controls for SMU A or SMU B. Example key = display.getlastkey() On the front panel, press the MENU key and...
  • Page 438 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Using the command without any parameters returns both lines of the front-panel display. The $N character code is included in the returned value to show where the top line ends and the bottom line begins.
  • Page 439 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference display.inputvalue() This function displays a formatted input field on the front-panel display that the operator can edit. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage display.inputvalue("format") display.inputvalue("format", default) display.inputvalue("format", default, minimum)
  • Page 440 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example display.clear() display.settext("Enter value between$N -0.10 and 2.00: ") value = display.inputvalue("+0.00", 0.5, -0.1, 2.0) print("Value entered = ", value) Displays an editable field (+0.50) for operator input. The valid input range is -0.10 to +2.00, with a default of 0.50.
  • Page 441 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference You can create a script that defines several functions, and then use the display.loadmenu.add() command to add items that call those individual functions. This allows the operator to run tests from the front panel.
  • Page 442 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Each time through the loop, displayName and code will take on the values in the USER menu. The instrument goes through the list in random order. Example for displayName, code in Output: display.loadmenu.catalog() do...
  • Page 443 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference display.locallockout This attribute describes whether or not the EXIT (LOCAL) key on the instrument front panel is enabled. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Power cycle Not saved 0 (display.UNLOCK)
  • Page 444 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details The menu consists of the menu name string on the top line, and a selectable list of items on the bottom line. The menu items must be a single string with each item separated by whitespace. The name for the top line is limited to 20 characters.
  • Page 445 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference display.prompt() This function prompts the user to enter a parameter from the front panel of the instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage display.prompt("format", "units", "help") display.prompt("format", "units", "help", default) display.prompt("format", "units", "help", default, minimum)

  • Page 446: Display Screen

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For positive and negative entry (plus sign (+) used for the value field and the exponent field), polarity of a nonzero value or exponent can be toggled by positioning the cursor on the polarity sign and turning the navigation wheel .
  • Page 447 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example display.screen = display.SMUA Selects the source-measure and compliance limit display for SMU A. Also see display.settext() (on page 11-81) display.sendkey() This function sends a code that simulates the action of a front-panel control. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 448 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual When using this function, send built-in constants, such as display.KEY_RIGHT, rather than the numeric value, such as 103. This allows for better forward compatibility with firmware revisions. Example display.sendkey(display.KEY_RUN) Simulates pressing the RUN key.
  • Page 449 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see display.clear() (on page 11-65) display.getcursor() (on page 11-67) display.gettext() (on page 11-69) display.screen (on page 11-78) display.settext() (on page 11-81) display.settext() This function displays text on the front-panel user screen. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 450 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example display.clear() display.settext("Normal $BBlinking$N") display.settext("$DDim $FBackgroundBlink$R $$$$ 2 dollars") This example sets the display to: Normal Blinking Dim BackgroundBlink $$ 2 dollars with the named effect on each word. Also see display.clear() (on page 11-65)
  • Page 451 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference display.smuX.limit.func If you are using a display mode that shows a single channel, this attribute specifies the type of limit value setting displayed. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW)
  • Page 452 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual display.smuX.measure.func This attribute specifies the type of measurement that is being displayed. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup 1 (display.MEASURE_DCVOLTS) Recall setup Usage func = display.smuX.measure.func...
  • Page 453 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see display.trigger.overrun (on page 11-85) display.trigger.wait() (on page 11-86) display.trigger.EVENT_ID This constant is the event ID of the event generated when the front-panel TRIG key is pressed. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 454 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see display.trigger.clear() (on page 11-84) display.trigger.wait() This function waits for the TRIG key on the front panel to be pressed. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage...
  • Page 455 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference If the EXIT (LOCAL) key is pressed while this function is waiting for a front-panel action, the script is not aborted. A typical use for this function is to prompt the user to press the EXIT (LOCAL) key to abort the script or press any other key to continue.
  • Page 456 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual errorqueue.clear() This function clears all entries out of the error queue. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage errorqueue.clear() Details See the Error queue (on page D-3) topic for additional information about the error queue.
  • Page 457 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference errorqueue.next() This function reads the oldest entry from the error queue and removes it from the queue. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage errorCode, message, severity, errorNode = errorqueue.next() errorCode The error code number for the entry...
  • Page 458 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see Error queue (on page D-3) errorqueue.clear() (on page 11-88) errorqueue.count (on page 11-88) Error summary list (on page 12-2) eventlog.all() This function returns all entries from the event log as a single string and removes them from the event log. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 459 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference eventlog.clear() This function clears the event log. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage eventlog.clear() Details This command removes all messages from the event log. Also see eventlog.all() (on page 11-90)
  • Page 460 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual eventlog.enable This attribute enables or disables the event log. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved 1 (eventlog.ENABLE) Recall setup Usage status = eventlog.enable eventlog.enable = status...
  • Page 461 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference eventlog.next() This function returns the oldest unread event message from the event log and removes it from the event log. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage logString = eventlog.next()
  • Page 462 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual eventlog.overwritemethod This attribute controls how the event log processes events if the event log is full. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved Recall setup (eventlog.DISCARD_OLDEST)
  • Page 463 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference fileVar:close() This function closes the file that is represented by the fileVar variable. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage fileVar:close() fileVar The file descriptor variable to close Details This command is equivalent to io.close(fileVar).
  • Page 464 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual fileVar:read() This function reads data from a file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage data1 = fileVar:read() data1 = fileVar:read(format1) data1, data2 = fileVar:read("format1", "format2") data1, ..., datan = fileVar:read("format1", ..., "formatn") data1 First data read from the file...
  • Page 465 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference fileVar:seek() This function sets and gets the present position of a file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage position, errorMsg = fileVar:seek() position, errorMsg = fileVar:seek("whence") position, errorMsg = fileVar:seek("whence", offset) position The new file position, measured in bytes from the beginning of the file...
  • Page 466 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Usage fileVar:write(data) fileVar:write(data1, data2) fileVar:write(data1, ..., datan) fileVar The file descriptor variable data Write all data to the file data1 The first data to write to the file data2 The second data to write to the file datan...
  • Page 467 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example format.asciiprecision = 10 Output: x = 2.54 2.540000000e+00 printnumber(x) format.asciiprecision = 3 2.54e+00 printnumber(x) Also see format.byteorder (on page 11-99) format.data (on page 11-100) print() (on page 11-165) printbuffer() (on page 11-166) printnumber()

  • Page 468: Format.data

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example x = 1.23 Output depends on the terminal program you use, but will look something like: format.data = format.REAL32 #0¤p?? format.byteorder = format.LITTLEENDIAN #0??p¤ printnumber(x) format.byteorder = format.BIGENDIAN printnumber(x) Also see format.asciiprecision...
  • Page 469 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Binary formats are not intended to be interpreted by humans. Example format.asciiprecision = 10 Output a number represented by x in ASCII x = 3.14159265 using a precision of 10, then output the same number in binary using double precision format.data = format.ASCII format.
  • Page 470 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual fs.cwd() This function returns the absolute path of the current working directory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage path = fs.cwd() path The absolute path of the current working directory Also see None fs.is_dir()
  • Page 471 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details The file system path may be absolute or relative to the current working system path. Also see fs.is_dir() (on page 11-102) fs.mkdir() This function creates a directory at the specified path. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 472 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual fs.rmdir() This function removes a directory from the file system. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage fs.rmdir("path") path The path of the directory to remove Details This path may be absolute or relative to the present working directory.
  • Page 473 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference gm_isweep() This KIParlib factory script function performs a linear current sweep and calculates the transconductance (G ) at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage gm_array, vbuf, ibuf = gm_isweep(smu, start_i, stop_i, points)
  • Page 474 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual gm_vsweep() This KIParlib factory script function performs a linear voltage sweep and calculates the transconductance (G ) at each point. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage gm_array, ibuf, vbuf = gm_vsweep(smu, start_v, stop_v, points)

  • Page 475: Gpib.address

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference gpib.address This attribute contains the GPIB address. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory Usage address = gpib.address gpib.address = address address The GPIB address of the instrument (1 to 30) Details...
  • Page 476 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual i_leakage_measure() This KIHighC factory script function performs a current leakage measurement after stepping the output voltage. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage imeas = i_leakage_measure(smu, levelv, limiti, sourcedelay, measurei, measuredelay) imeas The measured current Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A)
  • Page 477 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.source.highc = smua.ENABLE Enable high-capacitance mode. Charge the capacitor at 5 V for 1 second set smua.source.levelv = 5 by delay(1). smua.source.output = smua.OUTPUT_ON delay(1) The parameters passed on to the imeas = i_leakage_measure(smua, 0, 1, 300e-3, i_leakage_measure() function in this 10e-6, .1)
  • Page 478 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details This function causes the smu to: • Change its current limit to limiti with a voltage output of levelv for sourcedelay time, and then changes its current limit to measurei (that also changes the measurement range to measurei) for measuredelay time •...
  • Page 479 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference InitiatePulseTest() This KIPulse factory script function initiates the pulse configuration assigned to tag. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage f, msg = InitiatePulseTest(tag) A Boolean flag;...
  • Page 480 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see ConfigPulseIMeasureV() (on page 11-37) ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLin() (on page 11-39) ConfigPulseIMeasureVSweepLog() (on page 11-41) ConfigPulseVMeasureI() (on page 11-43) ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLin() (on page 11-45) ConfigPulseVMeasureISweepLog() (on page 11-47) KIPulse factory script (on page 9-22) InitiatePulseTestDual() This...
  • Page 481 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Figure 131: InitiatePulseTestDual Example smua.reset() smua.source.rangev = 5 smua.source.rangei = 1 smua.source.levelv = 0 smua.measure.rangev = 5 smua.measure.rangei = 1 smua.measure.nplc = 0.01 smua.measure.autozero = smua.AUTOZERO_ONCE smua.nvbuffer1.clear() smua.nvbuffer1.appendmode = 1 smua.source.output = smua.OUTPUT_ON smub.reset() smub.source.func = smub.OUTPUT_DCAMPS...
  • Page 482 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual print("Initiate message:", msg3) else print("Config errors:", msg1, msg2) Set up channels A and B for pulse operation, configure pulse trains for each channel, and then initiate the pulse trains if no errors are encountered.
  • Page 483 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference io.flush() This function saves buffered data to a file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage io.flush() Details You must use the io.flush() or io.close() functions to write data to the file system. Data is not automatically written to a file when you use the io.write() function.
  • Page 484 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details The newfile path may be absolute or relative to the current working directory. ® When using this function from a remote TSP-Link node, this command does not accept a file descriptor and does not return a value.
  • Page 485 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference io.output() This function assigns a previously opened file or opens a new file as the default output file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Yes (see Details) Usage fileVar = io.output()
  • Page 486 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details The format parameters may be any of the following: Format parameter Description "*N" Returns a number "*a" Returns the whole file, starting at the present position; returns an empty string if it is at the end of file "*l"...
  • Page 487 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference io.write() This function writes data to the default output file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage io.write() io.write(data1) io.write(data1, data2) io.write(data1, ..., dataN) data1 The data to be written data2...
  • Page 488 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Even though the LAN configuration settings may not have changed since the LAN was last connected, new settings may take effect due to the dynamic nature of dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) or dynamic link local addressing (DLLA) configuration.
  • Page 489 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.config.dns.address[N] Configures DNS server IP addresses. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory "0.0.0.0" Usage dnsAddress = lan.config.dns.address[N] lan.config.dns.address[N] = "dnsAddress" dnsAddress DNS server IP address Entry index (1 or 2)
  • Page 490 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.config.dns.domain Configures the dynamic DNS domain. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory "" Usage domain = lan.config.dns.domain lan.config.dns.domain = "domain" domain Dynamic DNS registration domain;...
  • Page 491 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Dynamic DNS registration works with DHCP to register the host name with the DNS server. The host name is specified in the lan.config.dns.hostname attribute. Example print(lan.config.dns.dynamic) Outputs the dynamic registration state. If dynamic DNS registration is enabled, the response is: 1.00000e+00 Also see...
  • Page 492 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example print(lan.config.dns.hostname) Outputs the present dynamic DNS host name. Also see lan.config.dns.dynamic (on page 11-122) lan.restoredefaults() (on page 11-131) lan.config.dns.verify This attribute defines the DNS host name verification state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 493 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.config.duplex This attribute defines the LAN duplex mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory 1 (lan.FULL) Usage duplex = lan.config.duplex lan.config.duplex = duplex duplex LAN duplex setting can be one of the following values:...
  • Page 494 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example print(lan.config.gateway) Outputs the default gateway address. For example, you might see the output: 192.168.0.1 Also see lan.restoredefaults() (on page 11-131) lan.status.gateway (on page 11-134) lan.config.ipaddress This command specifies the LAN IP address. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 495 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.config.method This attribute contains the LAN settings configuration method. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory 0 (lan.AUTO) Usage method = lan.config.method lan.config.method = method method...
  • Page 496 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.config.speed This attribute contains the LAN speed used when restarting in manual configuration mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory 100 (100 Mbps) Usage...
  • Page 497 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example print(lan.config.subnetmask) Outputs the LAN subnet mask, such as: 255.255.255.0 Also see lan.restoredefaults() (on page 11-131) lan.status.subnetmask (on page 11-138) lan.linktimeout This attribute contains the LAN link timeout period. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 498 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.lxidomain This attribute contains the LXI domain. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) LAN restore defaults Nonvolatile memory Usage domain = lan.lxidomain lan.lxidomain = domain domain The LXI domain number (0 to 255) Details...
  • Page 499 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.reset() This function resets the LAN interface. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage lan.reset() Details This function resets the LAN interface. It performs the commands lan.restoredefaults() and lan.applysettings().
  • Page 500 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Settings that are restored to default Attribute Default setting lan.nagle lan.ENABLE lan.timedwait 20 (seconds) This command is run when lan.reset() is sent. Example lan.restoredefaults() Restores the LAN defaults. Also see lan.reset() (on page 11-131)
  • Page 501 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.status.dns.name This attribute contains the present DNS fully qualified host name. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage hostName = lan.status.dns.name hostName...
  • Page 502 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.status.gateway This attribute contains the gateway address presently in use by the LAN interface. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage gatewayAddress = lan.status.gateway...
  • Page 503 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.status.macaddress This attribute contains the LAN MAC address. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage macAddress = lan.status.macaddress macAddress The instrument MAC address Details...
  • Page 504 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.status.port.rawsocket This attribute contains the LAN raw socket connection port number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage port = lan.status.port.rawsocket port...
  • Page 505 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.status.port.vxi11 This attribute contains the LAN VXI-11 connection port number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage port = lan.status.port.vxi11 port LAN VXI-11 port number...
  • Page 506 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.status.subnetmask This attribute contains the LAN subnet mask that is presently in use by the LAN interface. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable...
  • Page 507 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.trigger[N].assert() This function simulates the occurrence of the trigger and generates the corresponding event ID. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage lan.trigger[N].assert() The LAN event number (1 to 8) Details Generates and sends a LAN trigger packet for the LAN event number specified.
  • Page 508 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.trigger[N].clear() This function clears the event detector for a LAN trigger. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage lan.trigger[N].clear() The LAN event number (1 to 8) to clear Details The trigger event detector enters the detected state when an event is detected.
  • Page 509 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example lan.trigger[1].protocol = lan.MULTICAST Set the protocol for LAN trigger 1 to be multicast when sending LAN triggers. lan.trigger[1].connect() Then, after connecting the LAN trigger, lan.trigger[1].assert() send a message on LAN trigger 1 by asserting it.
  • Page 510 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.trigger[N].disconnect() This function disconnects the LAN trigger. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage lan.trigger[N].disconnect() The LAN event number (1 to 8) Details For TCP connections, this closes the TCP connection. The LAN trigger automatically disconnects when either the lan.trigger[N].protocol or lan.trigger[N].ipaddress attributes for this event are changed.
  • Page 511 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.trigger[N].ipaddress This attribute specifies the address (in dotted-decimal format) of UDP or TCP listeners. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved "0.0.0.0"...
  • Page 512 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.trigger[N].mode This attribute sets the trigger operation and detection mode of the specified LAN event. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved 0 (lan.TRIG_EITHER) LAN trigger N reset...
  • Page 513 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.trigger[N].overrun This attribute contains the overrun status of the LAN event detector. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) LAN trigger N clear Not applicable Not applicable LAN trigger N reset Instrument reset...
  • Page 514 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual lan.trigger[N].protocol This attribute sets the LAN protocol to use for sending trigger messages. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved 0 (lan.TCP) LAN trigger N reset Recall setup...
  • Page 515 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This attribute can be set to initialize the pseudo line state to a known value. Setting this attribute does not cause the LAN trigger to generate any events or output packets. Example print(lan.trigger[1].pseudostate) Get the present simulated line state for the LAN event 1.
  • Page 516 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description lan.trigger[N].EVENT_ID Occurs when the appropriate LXI trigger packet is received on LAN trigger object N display.trigger.EVENT_ID Occurs when the TRIG key on the front panel is pressed trigger.EVENT_ID Occurs when a *TRG command is received on...
  • Page 517 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference lan.trigger[N].wait() This function waits for an input trigger. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage triggered = lan.trigger[N].wait(timeout) triggered Trigger detection indication (true or false) The trigger packet over LAN to wait for (1 to 8) timeout Maximum amount of time in seconds to wait for the trigger event...
  • Page 518 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details When this attribute is set to true, the power line frequency is detected automatically the next time the Series 2600B powers up. After the power line frequency is automatically detected at power-up, the localnode.linefreq attribute is set automatically to 50 or 60.
  • Page 519 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference localnode.linefreq This attribute contains the power line frequency setting that is used for NPLC calculations. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory 60 (60 Hz) Usage...
  • Page 520 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example print(localnode.model) Outputs the model number of the local node. For example: 2602B Also see localnode.serialno (on page 11-157) localnode.password This attribute stores the remote access password. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved...
  • Page 521 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference localnode.passwordmode This attribute stores the remote access password enable mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory 1 (localnode.PASSWORD_WEB) Usage mode = localnode.passwordmode localnode.passwordmode = mode mode...
  • Page 522 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual localnode.prompts This attribute determines if the instrument generates prompts in response to command messages. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Power cycle Not saved 0 (disabled) Usage prompting = localnode.prompts...
  • Page 523 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example localnode.prompts = 1 Enable prompting. Also see localnode.showerrors (on page 11-157) tsplink.reset() (on page 11-386) localnode.prompts4882 This attribute enables and disables the generation of prompts for IEEE Std 488.2 common commands. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 524 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual localnode.reset() This function resets the local node instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage localnode.reset() Details If you want to reset a specific instrument or a subordinate node, use the node[X].reset() command.
  • Page 525 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example print(localnode.revision) Outputs the present revision level. Sample output: 3.3.0 Also see localnode.description (on page 11-150) localnode.model (on page 11-151) localnode.serialno (on page 11-157) localnode.serialno This attribute stores the instrument's serial number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 526 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details If this attribute is set to 1, the instrument automatically sends any generated errors stored in the error queue, and then clears the queue. Errors are processed after executing a command message (just before issuing a prompt, if prompts are enabled).
  • Page 527 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference makesetter() This function creates a function that, when called, sets the value of an attribute. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage setter = makesetter(table, "attributeName") setter Function that sets the value of the attribute table...
  • Page 528 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual meminfo() This function returns the present amount of available memory and the total amount of memory in the instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage freeMem, totalMem = meminfo()
  • Page 529 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example 1 node[2].execute(sourcecode) Runs script code on node 2. The code is in a string variable called sourcecode. Example 2 node[3].execute("x = 5") Runs script code in string constant ("x = 5") to set x equal to 5 on node 3.
  • Page 530 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual node[N].setglobal() This function sets the value of a global variable. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage node[N].setglobal("name", value) The node number of this instrument (1 to 63)
  • Page 531 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example opc() Output: waitcomplete() print("1") Also see Status model (on page 9-15, on page D-1) waitcomplete() (on page 11-414) os.remove() This function deletes the file or directory with a given name. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 532 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details If this function fails, it returns nil (for success) and an error message string (for msg). Example os.rename("testFile", "exampleFile") Changes the name of the existing file testFile to the name exampleFile. Also see os.remove() (on page 11-163)
  • Page 533 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference print() This function generates a response message. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage print(value1) print(value1, value2) print(value1, ..., valueN) value1 The first argument to output value2 The second argument to output valueN...
  • Page 534 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual printbuffer() This function prints data from tables or reading buffer subtables. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage printbuffer(startIndex, endIndex, bufferVar) printbuffer(startIndex, endIndex, bufferVar, bufferVar2) printbuffer(startIndex, endIndex, bufferVar, ..., bufferVarN) startIndex Beginning index of the buffer to print;...
  • Page 535 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see bufferVar.n (on page 11-28) bufferVar.readings (on page 11-29) format.asciiprecision (on page 11-98) format.byteorder (on page 11-99) format.data (on page 11-100) printnumber() (on page 11-167) printnumber() This function prints numbers using the configured format. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 536 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual PulseIMeasureV() This KIPulse factory script function performs a specified number of pulse I, measure V cycles. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage PulseIMeasureV(smu, bias, level, ton, toff, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A) bias Bias level in amperes...
  • Page 537 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference PulseVMeasureI() This KIPulse factory script function performs a specified number of pulse V, measure I cycles. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage PulseVMeasureI(smu, bias, level, ton, toff, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A) bias Bias level in volts...
  • Page 538 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual QueryPulseConfig() This KIPulse factory script function allows you to inspect the settings of the preconfigured pulse train assigned to tag. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tbl = QueryPulseConfig(tag)
  • Page 539 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.reset() Configure channel A to generate a pulse train, query configuration, and then display as a string. Channel A pulses voltage from a bias level of 0 V smua.source.rangev = 5 to a pulse level of 5 V.
  • Page 540 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual reset() This function resets commands to their default settings. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage reset() reset(system) system What to reset:  true: If the node is the master, the entire system is reset (default) ...
  • Page 541 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference savebuffer() This KISavebuffer factory script function saves a specified reading buffer as either a CSV file or an XML file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage savebuffer(buffer, "formatType", "fileName")
  • Page 542 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual script.anonymous This is a reference to the anonymous script. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) See Details See Details Not applicable Usage scriptVar = script.anonymous scriptVar The name of the variable that references the script Details...
  • Page 543 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference script.delete() This function deletes a script from nonvolatile memory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage script.delete("scriptName") scriptName The string that represents the name of the script Example script.delete("test8") Deletes a user script named "test8"...
  • Page 544 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual script.load() This function creates a script from a specified file. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage scriptVar = script.load("file") scriptVar = script.load("file", "name") scriptVar The created script;...
  • Page 545 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference script.new() This function creates a script. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage scriptVar = script.new("code") scriptVar = script.new("code", "name") scriptVar The name of the variable that will reference the script code A string containing the body of the script name...
  • Page 546 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual script.newautorun() This function creates a script and enables autorun. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage scriptVar = script.newautorun("code") scriptVar = script.newautorun("code", "name") scriptVar The name of the variable that will reference the script code A string that contains the body of the script...
  • Page 547 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference script.restore() This function restores a script that was removed from the run-time environment. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage script.restore(name) name The name of the script to be restored Details This command copies the script from nonvolatile memory into the run-time environment.
  • Page 548 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual script.user.catalog() This function returns an iterator that can be used in a for loop to iterate over all the scripts stored in nonvolatile memory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function...
  • Page 549 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference scriptVar.autorun This attribute controls the autorun state of a script. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable See Details See Details Usage scriptVar.autorun = "state"...
  • Page 550 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual scriptVar.list() This function generates a script listing. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage scriptVar.list() scriptVar The name of the variable that references the script Details This function generates output in the form of a sequence of response messages (one message for each line of the script).
  • Page 551 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details When setting the script name, this attribute renames the script that the variable scriptVar references. This attribute must be either a valid Lua identifier or the empty string. Changing the name of a script changes the index that is used to access the script in the script.user.scripts table.
  • Page 552 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual scriptVar.run() This function runs a script. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage scriptVar.run() scriptVar() scriptVar The name of the variable that references the script Details The scriptVar.run() function runs the script referenced by scriptVar.
  • Page 553 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference You can add the file extension, but it is not required. The only allowed extension is .tsp (see Example 2). Example 1 test8.save() Saves the script referenced by the variable test8 to nonvolatile memory.
  • Page 554 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual serial.baud This attribute configures the baud rate for the RS-232 port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory 9600 Usage baud = serial.baud serial.baud = baud baud...

  • Page 555: Serial.databits

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference serial.databits This attribute configures character width (data bits) for the RS-232 port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory Usage bits = serial.databits serial.databits = bits bits...

  • Page 556: Serial.flowcontrol

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual serial.flowcontrol This attribute configures flow control for the RS-232 port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory "none" (serial.FLOW_NONE) Usage flow = serial.flowcontrol serial.flowcontrol = flow flow...

  • Page 557: Serial.parity

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference serial.parity This attribute configures parity for the RS-232 port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Not applicable Nonvolatile memory "none" (serial.PARITY_NONE) Usage parity = serial.parity serial.parity = parity parity Set parity to one of the following values:...
  • Page 558 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual serial.read() This function reads available characters (data) from the serial port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage data = serial.read(maxchars) data A string that consists of all data read from the serial port maxchars An integer that specifies the maximum number of characters to read Details...
  • Page 559 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference serial.write() This function writes data to the serial port. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage serial.write("data") data A string representing the data to write Details This function writes the specified string to the serial port, where it can be read by connected equipment (for example, a component handler).
  • Page 560 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example systemTime = os.time({year = 2010, Sets the date and time to Mar 31, 2010 at 2:25 pm. month = 3, day = 31, hour = 14, min = 25}) settime(systemTime) Also see gettimezone()
  • Page 561 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference dstStart and dstEnd are strings of the form "MM.w.dw/hh[:mm[:ss]]" that indicate when daylight savings time begins and ends respectively: • MM is a number between 1 and 12 that represents the month •...
  • Page 562 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example setup.poweron = 0 Set the instrument to use the factory default setup when power is turned on. Also see setup.save() (on page 11-195) Start-up (power-on) configuration (on page 4-26) setup.recall() This function recalls settings from a saved setup.
  • Page 563 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference setup.save() This function saves the present setup as a user-saved setup. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage setup.save(id) An integer or string specifying where to save the user setup: ...
  • Page 564 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.abort() This function terminates all overlapped operations on the specified source-measure unit (SMU). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.abort() Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.abort() applies to SMU channel A) Details The smuX.abort() function does not turn the output off or change any settings.
  • Page 565 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference The statistics parameter has the attributes described in the following table. Attribute When returned Description Always The number of data points on which the statistics are based mean When n >...
  • Page 566 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.buffer.recalculatestats() This function recalculates the statistics of the specified reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.buffer.recalculatestats(bufferVar) Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.buffer.recalculatestats() specifies SMU channel A) bufferVar The reading buffer to process...
  • Page 567 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference This attribute is stored with the active calibration set. If a different calibration set is restored, this attribute reflects the date stored with that set. smuX.cal.adjustdate must be set to the date the adjustment was done using the UTC time and date.
  • Page 568 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.cal.date = os.time() Sets calibration date for SMU channel A to the current time set on the instrument. Also see Adjustment (on page A-16) os.time() (on page 11-164) smuX.cal.adjustdate (on page 11-198) smuX.cal.due...
  • Page 569 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see Adjustment (on page A-16) os.time() (on page 11-164) smuX.cal.adjustdate (on page 11-198) smuX.cal.date (on page 11-199) smuX.cal.lock() (on page 11-201) smuX.cal.restore() (on page 11-203) smuX.cal.state (on page 11-205) smuX.cal.unlock() (on page 11-206) smuX.cal.lock()
  • Page 570 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.cal.password This attribute stores the password required to enable calibration. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (W) Not applicable SMU nonvolatile "KI0026XX" memory Usage smuX.cal.password = "newPassword"...
  • Page 571 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference measurements. This attribute does not affect the smuX.measure.calibrateY() or smuX.source.calibrateY() commands. The polarity for those commands is dictated by the range parameter that is given to the command. The measurement calibration commands require the measurements provided to have been made using the polarity being calibrated.
  • Page 572 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details This function overwrites the present set of calibration constants with constants read from nonvolatile memory. This function is disabled until a successful call to smuX.cal.unlock() is made. If calset is not specified, smuX.CALSET_DEFAULT is used.
  • Page 573 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.cal.state This attribute stores the present calibration state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable Usage calState = smuX.cal.state calState The present calibration state;...
  • Page 574 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.cal.unlock() This function enables the commands that change calibration settings. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.cal.unlock(password) Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.cal.unlock() applies to SMU channel A) password Calibration password...
  • Page 575 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Typically, calibration points one and two will be near 0 Ω and 50 Ω, respectively. All four measurements (cp1Measured, cp1Reference, cp2Measured, and cp2Reference) must be made with the calibration set that is active. If not, corruption of the calibration constants may result.
  • Page 576 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.contact.calibratelo() This function calibrates the low/sense low contact check measurement. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.contact.calibratelo(cp1Measured, cp1Reference, cp2Measured, cp2Reference) Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example,...
  • Page 577 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see Adjustment (on page A-16) smuX.cal.restore() (on page 11-203) smuX.cal.save() (on page 11-204) smuX.cal.unlock() (on page 11-206) smuX.contact.calibratehi() (on page 11-206) smuX.contact.check() This function determines if contact resistance is lower than the threshold. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B.
  • Page 578 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example if not smua.contact.check() then Takes action if contact check on SMU channel A fails. -- take action Also see Contact check connections (on page 4-34) Contact check measurements (on page 4-22) smuX.contact.speed (on page 11-211)
  • Page 579 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example if not smua.contact.check() then Check contacts against threshold. smua.contact.speed = smua.CONTACT_SLOW Set speed for SMU channel A to slow. rhi, rlo = smua.contact.r() Get resistance readings. print(rhi, rlo) Output contact resistances to the host.
  • Page 580 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see Contact check connections (on page 4-34) Contact check measurements (on page 4-22) reset() (on page 11-172) smuX.contact.check() (on page 11-209) smuX.contact.r() (on page 11-210) smuX.reset() (on page 11-234) smuX.contact.threshold This attribute stores the resistance threshold for the smuX.contact.check() function.
  • Page 581 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.makebuffer() This function creates a reading buffer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage bufferVar = smuX.makebuffer(bufferSize) bufferVar The created reading buffer Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.makebuffer() applies to SMU channel A) bufferSize Maximum number of readings that can be stored...
  • Page 582 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.measure.analogfilter This attribute controls the use of an analog filter when measuring on the lowest current ranges (Models 2634B/2635B/2636B only). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved...
  • Page 583 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.measure.autorangeY This attribute stores the measurement autorange setting. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup 1 (smuX.AUTORANGE_ON) SMU reset Recall setup Usage autoRange = smuX.measure.autorangeY smuX.measure.autorangeY = autoRange...
  • Page 584 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.measure.autozero This attribute enables or disables automatic updates to the internal reference measurements (autozero) of the instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup 2 (smuX.AUTOZERO_AUTO)
  • Page 585 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.measure.autozero = 1 Performs autozero once for SMU channel A. Alternatively, you can replace the value 1 with smua.AUTOZERO_ONCE. Also see Autozero (on page 4-7) reset() (on page 11-172) smuX.measure.nplc (on page 11-226) setup.recall()
  • Page 586 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual This function is disabled until a successful call to smuX.cal.unlock() is made. Example smua.measure.calibratev(1, 1e-4, 1e-5, 0.92, 0.903) SMU channel A calibrates voltage measurement using the following values: ...
  • Page 587 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.measure.count = 10 Sets the SMU channel A measure count to 10. Also see reset() (on page 11-172) setup.recall() (on page 11-194) smuX.measure.delay (on page 11-219) smuX.measure.interval (on page 11-224) smuX.measure.overlappedY() (on page 11-226)
  • Page 588 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.measure.delay = 0.010 Sets a 10 ms measurement delay for SMU channel A. Also see Measure auto delay (on page 4-58) reset() (on page 11-172) smuX.measure.count (on page 11-218) smuX.measure.delayfactor (on page 11-220) smuX.source.delay...
  • Page 589 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.measure.filter.count This command sets the number of measured readings that are required to yield one filtered measurement. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup SMU reset...
  • Page 590 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details This command enables or disables the filter. Example smua.measure.filter.enable = 1 Enables the filter for SMU channel A. Alternatively, the value 1 may be replaced with smua.FILTER_ON. Also see Filters (on page 4-80)
  • Page 591 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.measure.filter.type = 2 Selects the median filter for SMU channel A. Alternatively, the value 2 may be replaced with smua.FILTER_MEDIAN. Also see Filters (on page 4-80) reset() (on page 11-172) setup.recall() (on page 11-194)
  • Page 592 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.measure.interval This attribute sets the interval between multiple measurements. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup 0 (0 s) SMU reset Recall setup Usage interval = smuX.measure.interval...
  • Page 593 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.measure.lowrangeY This attribute sets the lowest measurement range that is used when the instrument is autoranging. Type TSP-Link Affected by Where saved Default value accessible Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup Current: SMU reset...
  • Page 594 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.measure.nplc This command sets the integration aperture for measurements. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Saved setup SMU reset Recall setup Usage nplc = smuX.measure.nplc smuX.measure.nplc = nplc...
  • Page 595 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This function starts a measurement and returns immediately. The measurements, as they are performed, are stored in a reading buffer (along with any other information that is being acquired). If the instrument is configured to return multiple readings where one is requested, the readings are available as they are made.
  • Page 596 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Reading this attribute returns the positive full-scale value of the measurement range that the SMU is currently using. Assigning a value to this attribute sets the SMU on a fixed range large enough to measure the assigned value.
  • Page 597 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.measure.rel.enableY This attribute turns relative measurements on or off. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved 0 (smuX.REL_OFF) SMU reset Recall setup Usage relEnable = smuX.measure.rel.enableY...
  • Page 598 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.measure.rel.levelY This attribute sets the offset value for relative measurements. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved SMU reset Recall setup Usage relValue = smuX.measure.rel.levelY smuX.measure.rel.levelY = relValue...
  • Page 599 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.measure.Y() This function makes one or more measurements. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage reading = smuX.measure.Y() reading = smuX.measure.Y(readingBuffer) iReading, vReading = smuX.measure.iv() iReading, vReading = smuX.measure.iv(iReadingBuffer) iReading, vReading = smuX.measure.iv(iReadingBuffer, vReadingBuffer) reading...
  • Page 600 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.measure.count = 10 Makes 10 voltage measurements using SMU channel A and stores them in a buffer. smua.measure.v(smua.nvbuffer1) Also see Reading buffers (on page 5-8, on page 5-1) smuX.measure.count (on page 11-218) smuX.measure.overlappedY()
  • Page 601 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example local ivalues = {} This use of the SMU channel A measure and step function smua.source.rangev = 1 measures current starting at a smua.source.levelv = 0 source value of 0 V. After each smua.measure.rangei = 0.01 current measurement, the source is smua.source.output = smua.OUTPUT_ON...
  • Page 602 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.measure.overlappedv(smua.nvbuffer1) Store voltage readings from SMU channel A into SMU channel A dedicated reading buffer 1. Also see Configuring and running sweeps (on page 4-74) Reading buffers (on page 5-8, on page 5-1) savebuffer() (on page 11-173)
  • Page 603 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.savebuffer() This function saves one source-measure unit (SMU) dedicated reading buffer to nonvolatile memory (there are two dedicated reading buffers for each SMU). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function...
  • Page 604 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details Source-measure operations are performed using either 2-wire local sense connections or 4-wire remote sense connections. Writing to this attribute selects the sense mode. The smuX.SENSE_CALA mode is only used for calibration and may only be selected when calibration is enabled.
  • Page 605 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Autorange is disabled if the source level is edited from the front panel. Setting the source range also turns off autorange when set by using the smuX.source.rangeY attribute. Resetting the instrument selects the smuX.AUTORANGE_ON.
  • Page 606 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual This function is disabled until a successful call to smuX.cal.unlock() is made. Example smua.source.calibratev(1, 1e-10, 1e-5, 0.9, 0.903) SMU channel A calibrates the voltage source using the following values: calibrate the 1 V range, 1e-10 for +zero source output value, 1e-5 for +zero DMM measurement reading, 0.9 for +FS source output value, and 0.903 for the +FS DMM measurement reading.
  • Page 607 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.source.delay This attribute contains the source delay. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved 0 (smuX.DELAY_OFF) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage sDelay = smuX.source.delay smuX.source.delay = sDelay...
  • Page 608 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.source.func This attribute contains the source function, which can be voltage or current. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Saved setup 1 (smuX.OUTPUT_DCVOLTS) Instrument reset Recall setup...
  • Page 609 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details When enabled, the high-capacitance mode has the following effects on the SMU settings: • smuX.measure.autorangei is set to smuX.AUTORANGE_FOLLOW_LIMIT and cannot be changed • Current ranges below 1 µA are not accessible •...
  • Page 610 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual If the source is configured as a current source and the output is on, the new smuX.source.leveli setting is sourced immediately. If the output is off or the source is configured as a voltage source, the current level is sourced when the source is configured as a current source and the output is turned The sign of sourceLevel dictates the polarity of the source.
  • Page 611 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Use the smuX.source.limiti attribute to limit the current output of the voltage source. Use smuX.source.limitv to limit the voltage output of the current source. The SMU always uses autoranging for the limit setting.
  • Page 612 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details This attribute is used with source autoranging to put a lower bound on the range that is used. Lower ranges generally require greater settling times. If you set a low-range value, you might be able to source small values with less settling time.
  • Page 613 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.source.offfunc = smua.OUTPUT_DCVOLTS Sets the normal output-off mode to source 0 V when the output is turned off for SMU channel A. Also see Output-off states (on page 4-53) smuX.source.offlimitY (on page 11-245) smuX.source.offmode...
  • Page 614 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.source.offmode This attribute sets the source output-off mode. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Saved setup 0 (smuX.OUTPUT_NORMAL) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage sourceOffMode = smuX.source.offmode smuX.source.offmode = sourceOffMode...
  • Page 615 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.source.output This attribute enables or disables the source output. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved 0 (smuX.OUTPUT_OFF) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage sourceOutput = smuX.source.output...
  • Page 616 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.source.outputenableaction This attribute controls output enable action of the source. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Saved setup 0 (smuX.OE_NONE) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage outputAction = smuX.source.outputenableaction...
  • Page 617 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.source.outputenableaction = smua.OE_OUTPUT_OFF Sets SMU channel A to turn off the output if the output enable line goes low (deasserted). Also see smuX.source.offmode (on page 11-246) smuX.source.output (on page 11-247) smuX.source.rangeY This attribute contains the source range.
  • Page 618 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.source.rangev = 1 Selects the 1 V source range for SMU channel A. Also see Range (on page 4-57) reset() (on page 11-172) setup.recall() (on page 11-194) smuX.measure.rangeY (on page 11-227) smuX.reset()
  • Page 619 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.source.settling = smua.SETTLE_FAST_POLARITY Selects fast polarity changing for SMU channel A. Also see Range (on page 4-57) smuX.source.sink This attribute turns sink mode on or off. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved...
  • Page 620 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.arm.count This attribute sets the arm count in the trigger model. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved Instrument reset Recall setup Usage triggerArmCount = smuX.trigger.arm.count...
  • Page 621 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference This function can also be used to start actions on the SMU in case of a missed trigger event. Example smua.trigger.arm.set() Sets the arm event detector to the detected state for SMU channel A. Also see smuX.trigger.initiate() (on page 11-262)
  • Page 622 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID Occurs when the source-measure unit (SMU) transitions from the idle state to the arm layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID Occurs when the SMU moves from the arm layer to the trigger layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID...
  • Page 623 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID This constant contains the armed event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage eventID = smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID eventID The armed event number Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID applies to SMU channel A) Details Set the stimulus of any trigger object to the value of this constant to have the trigger object respond to...
  • Page 624 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details This attribute enables or disables automatic clearing of the trigger model state machine event detectors when the SMU transitions from the arm layer to the trigger layer. Only the detected states of the event detectors are cleared.
  • Page 625 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.endpulse.action This attribute enables or disables pulse mode sweeps. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved 1 (smuX.SOURCE_HOLD) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage pulseAction = smuX.trigger.endpulse.action...
  • Page 626 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.endpulse.set() This function sets the end pulse event detector to the detected state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.trigger.endpulse.set() Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.endpulse.set() applies to SMU channel A) Details This function sets the end pulse event detector to the detected state.
  • Page 627 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID Occurs when the source-measure unit (SMU) transitions from the idle state to the arm layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID Occurs when the SMU moves from the arm layer to the trigger layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID...
  • Page 628 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.endsweep.action This attribute sets the action of the source at the end of a sweep. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved 0 (smuX.SOURCE_IDLE) Instrument reset...
  • Page 629 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.IDLE_EVENT_ID This constant contains the idle event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage eventID = smuX.trigger.IDLE_EVENT_ID eventID The idle event number Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.IDLE_EVENT_ID applies to SMU channel A) Details Set the stimulus of any trigger object to the value of this constant to have the trigger object respond to...
  • Page 630 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.initiate() This function initiates a sweep operation. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.trigger.initiate() Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.initiate() applies to SMU channel A) Details This function causes the SMU to clear the four trigger model event detectors and enter its trigger model (moves the SMU from the idle state into the arm layer).
  • Page 631 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.measure.action This attribute controls measurement actions during a sweep. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved 0 (smuX.DISABLE) Instrument reset Recall setup Usage action = smuX.trigger.measure.action...
  • Page 632 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.measure.set() This function sets the measurement event detector to the detected state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage smuX.trigger.measure.set() Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.measure.set() applies to SMU channel A) Details This function is useful whenever you want the SMU to continue operation without waiting for a...
  • Page 633 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.measure.stimulus This attribute selects the event that causes the measure event detector to enter the detected state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) SMU reset Not saved Instrument reset...
  • Page 634 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description trigger.EVENT_ID Occurs when a *TRG command is received on the remote interface GPIB only: Occurs when a GET bus command is received USB only: Occurs when a USBTMC TRIGGER message is received VXI-11 only: Occurs with the VXI-11 command...
  • Page 635 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details As measurements are made, they are stored in a reading buffer. If the instrument is configured to return multiple readings where one is requested, the readings will be available as they are made. Measurements are in the following units of measure: v = volts, i = amperes, r = ohms, p = watts.
  • Page 636 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.PULSE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID This constant contains the pulse complete event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage eventID = smuX.trigger.PULSE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID eventID The pulse complete event number Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.PULSE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID applies to SMU channel A) Details...
  • Page 637 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example smua.trigger.source.listv({3, 1, 4, 5, 2}) smua.trigger.source.action = smua.ENABLE Configure list sweep for SMU channel A (sweep through 3 V, 1 V, 4 V, 5 V, and 2 V). Enable the source action.
  • Page 638 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.trigger.source.limitv = 10 Sets the voltage sweep limit of SMU channel A to 10 V. Also see Configuring and running sweeps (on page 4-74) smuX.source.limitY (on page 11-242) Triggering (on page 6-1) smuX.trigger.source.linearY()
  • Page 639 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference After configuring the sweep source values, enable the source action by setting smuX.trigger.source.action. Example smua.trigger.source.linearv(0, 10, 11) Sweeps SMU channel A from 0 V to 10 V in 1 V steps. Also see smuX.trigger.source.action (on page 11-268)
  • Page 640 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example smua.trigger.source.listv({3, 1, 4, 5, 2}) Sweeps SMU channel A through 3 V, 1 V, 4 V, 5 V, and 2 V. Also see smuX.trigger.source.action (on page 11-268) smuX.trigger.source.linearY() (on page 11-270) smuX.trigger.source.logY()
  • Page 641 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference The asymptote parameter can be used to customize the inflection and offset of the source value curve. This allows log sweeps to cross zero. Setting this parameter to zero provides a conventional logarithmic sweep.
  • Page 642 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see smuX.trigger.arm.set() (on page 11-252) smuX.trigger.autoclear (on page 11-255) smuX.trigger.endpulse.set() (on page 11-258) smuX.trigger.initiate() (on page 11-262) smuX.trigger.measure.set() (on page 11-264) Triggering (on page 6-1) smuX.trigger.source.stimulus This attribute defines which event causes the source event detector to enter the detected state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 643 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID Occurs when the source-measure unit (SMU) transitions from the idle state to the arm layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.ARMED_EVENT_ID Occurs when the SMU moves from the arm layer to the trigger layer of the trigger model smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID...
  • Page 644 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID This constant contains the source complete event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage eventID = smuX.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID eventID The source action complete event number Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.SOURCE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID applies to SMU channel A) Details...
  • Page 645 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID This constant contains the sweeping event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage eventID = smuX.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID eventID The sweeping event number Source-measure unit (SMU) channel (for example, smua.trigger.SWEEPING_EVENT_ID applies to SMU channel A) Details Set the stimulus of any trigger object to the value of this constant to have the trigger object respond to...
  • Page 646 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The returned value can indicate one or more status events occurred. When an enabled status event occurs, a summary bit is set in this register to indicate the event occurrence. The individual bits of this register have the following meanings: Value Description...
  • Page 647 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example statusByte = status.condition Returns statusByte. print(statusByte) Sample output: 1.29000e+02 Converting this output (129) to its binary equivalent yields 1000 0001 Therefore, this output indicates that the set bits of the status byte condition register are presently B0 (MSS) and B7 (OSB).
  • Page 648 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes read or write the measurement event registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set. The least significant bit of the binary number is bit B0, and the most significant bit is bit B15.
  • Page 649 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference As an example, to set bit B8 of the measurement event enable register, set status.measurement.enable = status.measurement.BAV. In addition to the above constants, measurementRegister can be set to the decimal equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 650 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Usage measurementRegister = status.measurement.buffer_available.condition measurementRegister = status.measurement.buffer_available.enable measurementRegister = status.measurement.buffer_available.event measurementRegister = status.measurement.buffer_available.ntr measurementRegister = status.measurement.buffer_available.ptr status.measurement.buffer_available.enable = measurementRegister status.measurement.buffer_available.ntr = measurementRegister status.measurement.buffer_available.ptr = measurementRegister measurementRegister The status of the measurement event register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 651 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference status.measurement.current_limit.* This attribute contains the measurement event current limit summary registers. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset Not saved...
  • Page 652 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual As an example, to set bit B1 of the measurement event current limit summary enable register, set status.measurement.current_limit.enable = status.measurement.current_limit.SMUA. In addition to the above constants, measurementRegister can be set to the decimal equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 653 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 654 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Usage measurementRegister = status.measurement.instrument.smuX.condition measurementRegister = status.measurement.instrument.smuX.enable measurementRegister = status.measurement.instrument.smuX.event measurementRegister = status.measurement.instrument.smuX.ntr measurementRegister = status.measurement.instrument.smuX.ptr status.measurement.instrument.smuX.enable = measurementRegister status.measurement.instrument.smuX.ntr = measurementRegister status.measurement.instrument.smuX.ptr = measurementRegister measurementRegister The status of the instrument measurement status SMU X summary register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 655 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference As an example, to set bit B0 of the measurement event SMU X summary enable register, set status.measurement.instrument.smua.enable = status.measurement.instrument.smua.VLMT. In addition to the above constants, measurementRegister can be set to the decimal equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 656 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Usage measurementRegister = status.measurement.reading_overflow.condition measurementRegister = status.measurement.reading_overflow.enable measurementRegister = status.measurement.reading_overflow.event measurementRegister = status.measurement.reading_overflow.ntr measurementRegister = status.measurement.reading_overflow.ptr status.measurement.reading_overflow.enable = measurementRegister status.measurement.reading_overflow.ntr = measurementRegister status.measurement.reading_overflow.ptr = measurementRegister measurementRegister The status of the measurement reading overflow summary register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 657 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference status.measurement.voltage_limit.* This attribute contains the measurement event voltage limit summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 658 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual As an example, to set bit B1 of the measurement event voltage limit summary enable register, set status.measurement.voltage_limit.enable = status.measurement.voltage_limit.SMUA. In addition to the above constants, measurementRegister can be set to the decimal equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 659 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Assigning a value to this attribute enables one or more status events. When an enabled status event occurs, a summary bit is set in the appropriate system summary register. The register and bit that is set depends on the TSP-Link node number assigned to this instrument.
  • Page 660 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example 2 -- decimal 129 = binary 10000001 Sets the MSB and OSB bits of the system node enable register using a nodeEnableRegister = 129 decimal value. status.node_enable = nodeEnableRegister Also see status.condition (on page 11-277)
  • Page 661 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference The returned value can indicate one or more status events occurred. Value Description status.MEASUREMENT_SUMMARY_BIT Set summary bit indicates that an enabled status.MSB measurement event has occurred. Bit B0 decimal value: 1 Not used Not applicable status.ERROR_AVAILABLE...
  • Page 662 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.* These attributes manage the operation status register set of the status model. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 663 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 664 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual In addition to the above constants, operationRegister can be set to the numeric equivalent of the bit to set. To set more than one bit of the register, set operationRegister to the sum of their decimal weights.
  • Page 665 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage operationRegister = status.operation.calibrating.condition operationRegister = status.operation.calibrating.enable operationRegister = status.operation.calibrating.event operationRegister = status.operation.calibrating.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.calibrating.ptr status.operation.calibrating.enable = operationRegister status.operation.calibrating.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.calibrating.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation calibrating event register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 666 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.* This attribute contains the operation status instrument summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset Not saved...
  • Page 667 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 668 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value Decimal 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Weights Example 1 operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.SMUA + Sets bit B1 and bit B10 of the operation status instrument status.operation.instrument.TRGBLND summary enable register using...
  • Page 669 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.condition operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.enable operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.event operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.ptr status.operation.instrument.digio.enable = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.digio.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.digio.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation status digital I/O summary register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 670 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.digio.trigger_overrun.* This attribute contains the operation status digital I/O overrun register set. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable...
  • Page 671 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference A set bit indicates that the specified digital I/O line generated an action overrun when it was triggered to generate an output trigger. For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and...
  • Page 672 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example 1 operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.digio.trigger_overrun.LINE1 + status.operation.instrument.digio.trigger_overrun.LINE10 status.operation.instrument.digio.trigger_overrun.enable = operationRegister Uses constants to set bit B1 and bit B10 of the operation status digital I/O overrun enable register. Also see Operation Status Registers (on page D-9)
  • Page 673 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 674 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.lan.trigger_overrun.* This attribute contains the operation status LAN trigger overrun register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 675 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 676 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.smuX.* This attribute contains the operation status SMU X summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 677 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Value Description status.operation.instrument.smuX.CALIBRATING Set bit indicates that smuX is status.operation.instrument.smuX.CAL unlocked for calibration. Bit B0 decimal value: 1 Not used Not applicable. B1-B2 status.operation.instrument.smuX.SWEEPING Set bit indicates that smuX is status.operation.instrument.smuX.SWE sweeping.
  • Page 678 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.smuX.trigger_overrrun.* This attribute contains the operation status SMU X trigger overrun register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 679 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Value Description Not used Not applicable. status.operation.instrument.smuX.trigger_overrun.ARM Set bit indicates that the arm event detector of the SMU was already in the detected state when a trigger was received. Bit B1 decimal value: 2 status.operation.instrument.smuX.trigger_overrun.SRC Set bit indicates that the...
  • Page 680 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example status.operation.instrument.smua.trigger_overrun.enable = Uses a constant to sets the ARM bit of the status.operation.instrument.smua.trigger_overrun.ARM operation status SMU A trigger overrun enable register. Also see Operation Status Registers (on page D-9) status.operation.instrument.smuX.* (on page 11-308) status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.*...
  • Page 681 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Value Description Not used Not applicable. B0-B9 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.TRIGGER_OVERRU Set bit indicates one or more enabled bits for status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.TRGOVR operation status trigger blender overrun register is set. Bit B10 decimal value: 1,024 Binary value: 0100 0000 0000...
  • Page 682 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Usage operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.condition operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.enable operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.event operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.ptr status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.enable = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation status trigger blender overrun register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 683 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Value Decimal value Not used applicable status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND1 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND2 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND3 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND4 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND5 status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND6 Not used B7-B15 applicable As an example, to set bit B1 of the operation status trigger blender overrun enable register, set status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.enable = status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_overrun.BLND1.
  • Page 684 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.* This attribute contains the operation status trigger timer summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 685 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference In addition to the above constants, operationRegister can be set to the numeric equivalent of the bit to set. For example, to set bit B10, set operationRegister to 1024. Example status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.enable = 1024 Uses a decimal value to set...
  • Page 686 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes are used to read or write to the operation status trigger timer overrun registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.
  • Page 687 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Decimal Weights Example status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.trigger_overrun.enable = Uses a constant to status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.trigger_overrun.TMR3 set the timer 3 bit of the operation status trigger timer overrun...
  • Page 688 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes are used to read or write to the operation status TSP-Link summary registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.
  • Page 689 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.condition operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.enable operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.event operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.ptr status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.enable = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation status TSP-link overrun register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 690 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Decimal Weights Example 1 status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.enable = Uses a constant to set the line 1 status.operation.instrument.tsplink.trigger_overrun.LINE1 bit of the operation status TSP-Link overrun enable...
  • Page 691 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage operationRegister = status.operation.measuring.condition operationRegister = status.operation.measuring.enable operationRegister = status.operation.measuring.event operationRegister = status.operation.measuring.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.measuring.ptr status.operation.measuring.enable = operationRegister status.operation.measuring.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.measuring.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation status measuring summary register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 692 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.operation.remote.* This attribute contains the operation status remote summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset Not saved...
  • Page 693 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference In addition to the above constants, operationRegister can be set to the numeric equivalent of the bit to set. To set more than one bit of the register, set operationRegister to the sum of their decimal weights.
  • Page 694 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 695 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage operationRegister = status.operation.trigger_overrun.condition operationRegister = status.operation.trigger_overrun.enable operationRegister = status.operation.trigger_overrun.event operationRegister = status.operation.trigger_overrun.ntr operationRegister = status.operation.trigger_overrun.ptr status.operation.trigger_overrun.enable = operationRegister status.operation.trigger_overrun.ntr = operationRegister status.operation.trigger_overrun.ptr = operationRegister operationRegister The status of the operation status trigger overrun summary register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set (also send 0 to clear all bits);...
  • Page 696 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Value Description Not used Not applicable. status.operation.trigger_overrun.SMUA Set bit indicates one of the enabled bits in the operation status SMU A trigger overrun event register is set. Bit B1 decimal value: 2 status.operation.trigger_overrun.SMUB This bit is only available on Models 2602B/2604B/2612B/2614B/2634B/...
  • Page 697 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example operationRegister = Uses constants to set bit B1 and bit B10 of the status.operation.trigger_overrun.SMUA + operation status trigger status.operation.trigger_overrun.TRGBLND overrun summary enable status.operation.trigger_overrun.enable = operationRegister register. Also see Operation Status Registers (on page D-9) status.operation.*...
  • Page 698 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 699 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example 1 operationRegister = status.operation.user.BIT11 + Uses constants to set bits B11 and B14 of the operation status user enable register. status.operation.user.BIT14 status.operation.user.enable = operationRegister Example 2 -- 18432 = binary 0100 1000 0000 0000 Uses a decimal value to set bits B11 and B14 of the operation status user enable operationRegister = 18432...
  • Page 700 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes are used to read or write to the questionable status registers. Reading a status register returns a value. In the binary equivalent, the least significant bit is bit B0, and the most significant bit is bit B15.
  • Page 701 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Decimal Weights Example status.questionable.enable = status.questionable.OTEMP Uses a constant to set the OTEMP bit of the questionable status enable register. Also see Questionable Status Registers (on page D-13)
  • Page 702 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes are used to read or write to the questionable status calibration summary registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.
  • Page 703 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference status.questionable.instrument.* This attribute contains the questionable status instrument summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset Not saved...
  • Page 704 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual As an example, to set bit B1 of the questionable status instrument summary enable register, set status.questionable.instrument.enable = status.questionable.instrument.SMUA. In addition to the above constants, questionableRegister can be set to the numeric equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 705 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details These attributes are used to read or write to the questionable status instrument SMU X summary registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.
  • Page 706 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Decimal Weights Example questionableRegister = status.questionable.instrument.smua.CAL + status.questionable.instrument.smua.UO status.questionable.instrument.smua.enable = questionableRegister Uses constants to set bit B8 and bit B9 of the questionable status SMU A summary enable register. Also see Questionable Status Registers (on page D-13)
  • Page 707 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details These attributes are used to read or write to the questionable status over temperature summary registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.
  • Page 708 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.questionable.unstable_output.* This attribute contains the questionable status unstable output summary register set. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute .condition (R) Not applicable Not saved Not applicable .enable (RW) Status reset...
  • Page 709 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference As an example, to set bit B1 of the questionable status unstable output summary enable register, set status.questionable.instrument.enable = status.questionable.instrument.SMUA. In addition to the above constants, questionableRegister can be set to the numeric equivalent of the bit to set.
  • Page 710 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 711 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example 2 -- decimal 129 = binary 10000001 Uses a decimal value to set the MSB and OSB bits of the service request (SRQ) requestSRQEnableRegister = 129 enable register. status.request_enable = requestSRQEnableRegister Also see Status byte and service request (SRQ)

  • Page 712: Bit B7 B6 B5 B4

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Value Description status.MEASUREMENT_SUMMARY_BIT Set summary bit indicates that an enabled event in the Measurement Event Register has occurred. status.MSB Bit B0 decimal value: 1 status.SYSTEM_SUMMARY_BIT This bit is only available on Models 2601B/2602B/2611B/2612B/2635B/2636B.

  • Page 713: Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference status.reset() This function resets all bits in the status model. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage status.reset() Details This function clears all status data structure registers (enable, event, NTR, and PTR) to their default values.

  • Page 714: Status.standard.exe

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Details These attributes are used to read or write to the standard event status registers. Reading a status register returns a value. The binary equivalent of the returned value indicates which register bits are set.

  • Page 715: Status.standard.enable = Standardregister

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Value Description status.standard.USER_REQUEST Set bit indicates that the LOCAL key on the instrument front panel was pressed. status.standard.URQ Bit B6 decimal value: 64 status.standard.POWER_ON Set bit indicates that the instrument has been turned off and turned back on since the last status.standard.PON time this register has been read.
  • Page 716 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual status.system.* ® These attributes manage the TSP-Link system summary register of the status model for nodes 1 through 14. These commands are not available on the Models 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 717 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.

  • Page 718: Example 1

    Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example 1 enableRegister = status.system.NODE11 + Uses constants to set bits B11 and B14 of the system summary enable register. status.system.NODE14 status.system.enable = enableRegister Example 2 -- decimal 18432 = binary 0100 1000 0000 0000 Uses a decimal value to set bits B11 and B14 of the system summary enable register.
  • Page 719 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference > > > > > > > > > > > > > > * Least significant bit ** Most significant bit For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and...
  • Page 720 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Binary value Decimal Weights Binary value 32,768 16,384 8,192 4,096 2,048 1,024 Decimal Weights Example 1 enableRegister = status.system2.NODE25 + status.system2.NODE28 status.system2.enable = enableRegister Uses constants to set bits B11 and B14 of the system summary 2 enable register. Example 2 -- decimal 18432 = binary 0100 1000 0000 0000 enableRegister = 18432...
  • Page 721 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Usage enableRegister = status.system3.condition enableRegister = status.system3.enable enableRegister = status.system3.event enableRegister = status.system3.ntr enableRegister = status.system3.ptr status.system3.enable = enableRegister status.system3.ntr = enableRegister status.system3.ptr = enableRegister enableRegister The status of the system summary 3 register; a zero (0) indicates no bits set; other values indicate various bit settings Details In an expanded system (TSP-Link), these attributes are used to read or write to the system summary...
  • Page 722 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Value Description status.system3.NODE40 Bit B12 decimal value: 4,096 status.system3.NODE41 Bit B13 decimal value: 8,192 status.system3.NODE42 Bit B14 decimal value: 16,384 Not used Not applicable As an example, to set bit B0 of the system summary 3 enable register, set status.system3.enable = status.system3.EXT.
  • Page 723 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference status.system4.* ® These attributes manage the TSP-Link system summary register of the status model for nodes 43 through 56. These commands are not available on the Models 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 724 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Value Description status.system4.NODE46 Bit B4 decimal value: 16 status.system4.NODE47 Bit B5 decimal value: 32 status.system4.NODE48 Bit B6 decimal value: 64 status.system4.NODE49 Bit B7 decimal value: 128 status.system4.NODE50 Bit B8 decimal value: 256 status.system4.NODE51 Bit B9 decimal value: 512 status.system4.NODE52...
  • Page 725 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Also see status.system3.* (on page 11-352) status.system5.* (on page 11-357) System summary and standard event registers (on page D-7) status.system5.* ® These attributes manage the TSP-Link system summary register of the status model for nodes 57 through 64. These commands are not available on the Models 2604B/2614B/2634B.
  • Page 726 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual For information about .condition, .enable, .event, .ntr, and .ptr registers, refer to Status register set contents (on page D-1) and Enable and transition registers (on page D-19). The individual bits of this register are defined in the following table.
  • Page 727 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference SweepILinMeasureV() This KISweep factory script function performs a linear current sweep with voltage measured at every step (point). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage SweepILinMeasureV(smu, starti, stopi, stime, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A)
  • Page 728 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example SweepILinMeasureV(smua, -1E-3, 1E-3, 0, 100) This function performs a 100-point linear current sweep starting at −1 mA and stopping at +1 mA. Voltage is measured at every step (point) in the sweep. Because stime is set for 0 s, voltage is measured as quickly as possible after each current step.
  • Page 729 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference SweepILogMeasureV() This KISweep factory script function performs a logarithmic current sweep with voltage measured at every step (point). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage SweepILogMeasureV(smu, starti, stopi, stime, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A)
  • Page 730 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 135: SweepILogMeasureV() Example SweepILogMeasureV(smua, 0.01, 0.1, This function performs a five-point linear current sweep starting at 10 mA and stopping at 100 mA. Voltage is 0.001, 5) measured at every step (point) in the sweep.
  • Page 731 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Data for current measurements, voltage source values, and timestamps are stored in smuX.nvbuffer1. If all parameters are omitted when this function is called, this function is executed with the parameters set to the default values.
  • Page 732 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual SweepVListMeasureI() This KISweep factory script function performs a voltage list sweep with current measured at every step (point). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage SweepVListMeasureI(smu, vlist, stime, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A)
  • Page 733 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference SweepVLogMeasureI() This KISweep factory script function performs a logarithmic voltage sweep with current measured at every step (point). Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage SweepVLogMeasureI(smu, startv, stopv, stime, points) Instrument channel (for example, smua refers to SMU channel A)
  • Page 734 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 137: SweepVLogMeasureI() Example SweepVLogMeasureI(smua, 1, 10, This function performs a five-point logarithmic voltage sweep starting at 1 V and stopping at 10 V. Current is 0.001, 5) measured at every step (point) in the sweep after a 1 ms source settling period.
  • Page 735 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example 2 beeper.beep(0.5, 2400) Sets the beeper, resets the timer, sets a delay, then verifies the time of the delay before the next beeper. print("reset timer") timer.reset() delay(0.5) Output: reset timer dt = timer.measure.t()
  • Page 736 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example trigger.blender[2].clear() Clears the event detector for blender 2. Also see None trigger.blender[N].EVENT_ID This constant contains the trigger blender event number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage...
  • Page 737 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This command selects whether the blender waits for any one event (OR) or waits for all selected events (AND) before signaling an output event. Example trigger.blender[1].orenable = true Generate a trigger blender 1 event when a digital I/O trigger.blender[1].stimulus[1] = digio.trigger[3].EVENT_ID...
  • Page 738 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.blender[N].reset() This function resets some of the trigger blender settings to their factory defaults. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage trigger.blender[N].reset() The trigger event blender (up to six) Details The trigger.blender[N].reset() function resets the following attributes to their factory defaults:...
  • Page 739 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details There are four stimulus inputs that can each select a different event. The eventID parameter can be the event ID of any trigger event. Use zero to disable the blender input. The eventID parameter may be one of the existing trigger event IDs shown in the following table.
  • Page 740 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example digio.trigger[3].mode = digio.TRIG_FALLING Generate a trigger blender 1 event when a digital I/O digio.trigger[5].mode = digio.TRIG_FALLING trigger happens on line 3 or trigger.blender[1].orenable = true trigger.blender[1].stimulus[1] = digio.trigger[3].EVENT_ID trigger.blender[1].stimulus[2] = digio.trigger[5].EVENT_ID Also see trigger.blender[N].reset()
  • Page 741 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference trigger.clear() This function clears the command interface trigger event detector. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage trigger.clear() Details The trigger event detector indicates if a trigger event has been detected since the last trigger.wait() call.
  • Page 742 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.generator[N].assert() This function generates a trigger event. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage trigger.generator[N].assert() The generator number (1 or 2) Details Use this function to directly trigger events from the command interface or a script (for example, you can trigger a sweep while the instrument is under script control).
  • Page 743 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference trigger.timer[N].clear() This function clears the timer event detector and overrun indicator for the specified trigger timer number. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage trigger.timer[N].clear() Trigger timer number (1 to 8) Details...
  • Page 744 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Also see trigger.timer[N].clear() (on page 11-375) trigger.timer[N].delay (on page 11-376) trigger.timer[N].reset() (on page 11-379) trigger.timer[N].delay This attribute sets and reads the timer delay. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW)
  • Page 745 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Each time the timer is triggered after it is enabled, it uses the next delay period from the array. The default value is an array with one value of 10 µs. After all elements in the array have been used, the delays restart at the beginning of the list.
  • Page 746 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.timer[N].overrun This attribute indicates if an event was ignored because of the event detector state. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Instrument reset Not applicable false Recall setup...
  • Page 747 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details When pass-through mode is enabled, triggers are passed through immediately and initiate the delay. When disabled, a trigger only initiates a delay. Example trigger.timer[1].passthrough = true Enables pass-through mode on trigger timer 1. Also see trigger.timer[N].reset() (on page 11-379)
  • Page 748 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.timer[N].stimulus This attribute specifies which event starts the timer. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Instrument reset Not saved Recall setup Trigger timer N reset Usage eventID = trigger.timer[N].stimulus trigger.timer[N].stimulus = eventID...
  • Page 749 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Set this attribute to the eventID of any trigger event to cause the timer to start when that event occurs. Set this attribute to zero (0) to disable event processing. Example print(trigger.timer[1].stimulus) Prints the event that will start a trigger 1...
  • Page 750 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual trigger.wait() This function waits for a command interface trigger event. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage triggered = trigger.wait(timeout) triggered true: A trigger was detected during the timeout period false: No triggers were detected during the timeout period timeout Maximum amount of time in seconds to wait for the trigger...
  • Page 751 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference tsplink.group This attribute contains the group number of a TSP-Link node. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW) Power cycle Not applicable...
  • Page 752 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example LinkMaster = tsplink.master Store the TSP-Link master node number in a variable called LinkMaster. Also see tsplink.reset() (on page 11-386) tsplink.node This attribute defines the node number. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by...
  • Page 753 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details Returns a value of zero (0) if the line is low and 1 if the line is high. Example data = tsplink.readbit(3) Assume line 3 is set high, and it is then read. print(data) Output: 1.000000e+00...
  • Page 754 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tsplink.reset() This function initializes (resets) all nodes (instruments) in the TSP-Link system. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage nodesFound = tsplink.reset()
  • Page 755 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference tsplink.state This attribute describes the TSP-Link online state. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (R) Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Usage...
  • Page 756 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example tsplink.trigger[2].assert() Asserts trigger on trigger line 2. Also see tsplink.trigger[N].clear() (on page 11-388) tsplink.trigger[N].mode (on page 11-389) tsplink.trigger[N].overrun (on page 11-391) tsplink.trigger[N].pulsewidth (on page 11-392) tsplink.trigger[N].release() (on page 11-392) tsplink.trigger[N].stimulus (on page 11-394) tsplink.trigger[N].wait()
  • Page 757 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference tsplink.trigger[N].EVENT_ID This constant identifies the number that is used for the trigger events. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Constant Usage...
  • Page 758 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Mode Number Description value tsplink.TRIG_BYPASS Allows direct control of the line as a digital I/O line. tsplink.TRIG_FALLING Detects falling-edge triggers as input. Asserts a TTL-low pulse for output. tsplink.TRIG_RISING If the programmed state of the line is high, the tsplink.TRIG_RISING mode behaves similarly to...
  • Page 759 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference tsplink.trigger[N].reset() (on page 11-393) tsplink.trigger[N].stimulus (on page 11-394) tsplink.trigger[N].wait() (on page 11-395) tsplink.trigger[N].overrun This attribute indicates if the event detector ignored an event while in the detected state. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B.
  • Page 760 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tsplink.trigger[N].pulsewidth This attribute sets the length of time that the trigger line is asserted for output triggers. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value...
  • Page 761 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example tsplink.trigger[3].release() Releases trigger line 3. Also see tsplink.trigger[N].assert() (on page 11-387) tsplink.trigger[N].clear() (on page 11-388) tsplink.trigger[N].mode (on page 11-389) tsplink.trigger[N].overrun (on page 11-391) tsplink.trigger[N].pulsewidth (on page 11-392) tsplink.trigger[N].stimulus (on page 11-394) tsplink.trigger[N].wait()
  • Page 762 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tsplink.trigger[N].stimulus This attribute specifies the event that causes the synchronization line to assert a trigger. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Attribute (RW)
  • Page 763 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Trigger event IDs* Event ID Event description trigger.blender[N].EVENT_ID Occurs after a collection of events is detected trigger.timer[N].EVENT_ID Occurs when a delay expires trigger.generator[N].EVENT_ID Occurs when the trigger.generator[N].assert() function is executed * Use the name of the trigger event ID to set the stimulus value rather than the numeric value.
  • Page 764 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tsplink.writebit() This function sets a TSP-Link trigger line high or low. This command is not available on the 2604B/2614B/2634B. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tsplink.writebit(N, data)
  • Page 765 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details The binary representation of data indicates the output pattern that is written to the I/O port. For example, a data value of 2 has a binary equivalent of 010. Line 2 is set high (1), and the other two lines are set low (0).
  • Page 766 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.clear() This function clears any pending output data from the instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.clear(connectionID) connectionID The connection ID returned from tspnet.connect() Details This function clears any pending output data from the device.
  • Page 767 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This command connects a device to another device through the LAN interface. If the portNumber is 23, the interface uses the Telnet protocol and sets appropriate termination characters to communicate with the device.
  • Page 768 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.disconnect() This function disconnects a specified TSP-Net session. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.disconnect(connectionID) connectionID The connection ID returned from tspnet.connect() Details This function disconnects the two devices by closing the connection.
  • Page 769 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Details This command sends a command string to the remote instrument. A termination is added to the command string when it is sent to the remote instrument (tspnet.termination()). You can also specify a format string, which causes the command to wait for a response from the remote instrument.
  • Page 770 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Example deviceID = tspnet.connect("192.0.2.1") Assume the instrument is at IP address 192.0.2.1. print(tspnet.idn(deviceID)) The output that is produced when you connect to the instrument and read the identification string may appear tspnet.disconnect(deviceID) Keithley Instruments,Model <ModelNumberMono>, 1398687, 3.0.0...
  • Page 771 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example tspnet.write(deviceID, "*idn?\r\n") print("write/read returns:", tspnet.read(deviceID)) Send the "*idn?\r\n" message to the instrument connected as deviceID. Display the response that is read from deviceID (based on the *idn? message). Also see tspnet.connect() (on page 11-398)
  • Page 772 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.reset() This function disconnects all TSP-Net sessions. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.reset() Details This command disconnects all remote instruments connected through TSP-Net. For TSP-enabled devices, this causes any commands or scripts running remotely to be terminated.
  • Page 773 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example deviceID = tspnet.connect("192.0.2.1") Sets termination type for IP address 192.0.2.1 to TERM_LF. if deviceID then tspnet.termination(deviceID, tspnet.TERM_LF) Also see tspnet.connect() (on page 11-398) tspnet.disconnect() (on page 11-400) tspnet.timeout This attribute sets the timeout value for the tspnet.connect(), tspnet.execute(), and tspnet.read() commands.
  • Page 774 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.tsp.abort() This function causes the TSP-enabled instrument to stop executing any of the commands that were sent to it. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.tsp.abort(connectionID)
  • Page 775 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference Example tspnet.tsp.abortonconnect = 0 Configure the instrument so that it does not send an abort command when connecting to a TSP-enabled instrument. Also see tspnet.connect() (on page 11-398) tspnet.tsp.rbtablecopy() This function copies a reading buffer synchronous table from a remote instrument to a TSP-enabled instrument.
  • Page 776 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual tspnet.tsp.runscript() This function loads and runs a script on a remote TSP-enabled instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.tsp.runscript(connectionID, "script") tspnet.tsp.runscript(connectionID, "name", "script") connectionID Integer value used as an identifier for other tspnet commands name...
  • Page 777 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference tspnet.write() This function writes a string to the remote instrument. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage tspnet.write(connectionID, "inputString") connectionID The connection ID returned from tspnet.connect() inputString The string to be written Details...
  • Page 778 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual userstring.add() This function adds a user-defined string to nonvolatile memory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage userstring.add("name", "value") name The name of the string; the key of the key-value pair value The string to associate with name;...
  • Page 779 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference userstring.catalog() This function creates an iterator for the user-defined string catalog. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage for name in userstring.catalog() do body end name The name of the string;...
  • Page 780 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual userstring.delete() This function deletes a user-defined string from nonvolatile memory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage userstring.delete("name") name The name (key) of the key-value pair of the user-defined string to delete Details This function deletes the string that is associated with name from nonvolatile memory.
  • Page 781 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 11: TSP command reference userstring.get() This function retrieves a user-defined string from nonvolatile memory. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage value = userstring.get("name") value The value of the user-defined string key-value pair name The name (key) of the user-defined string Details...
  • Page 782 Section 11: TSP command reference Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual waitcomplete() This function waits for all previously started overlapped commands to complete. Type TSP-Link accessible Affected by Where saved Default value Function Usage waitcomplete() waitcomplete(group) group Specifies which TSP-Link group on which to wait Details There are two types of instrument commands: •...

  • Page 783: Troubleshooting Guide

    Section 12 Troubleshooting guide In this section: Introduction ................12-1 Error levels ................12-1 Effects of errors on scripts............12-2 Retrieving errors ..............12-2 Error summary list ..............12-2 LAN troubleshooting suggestions ........... 12-7 Introduction Troubleshooting information includes information on the Keithley Instruments Series 2600B errors (including a complete listing of error messages) and LAN troubleshooting suggestions.

  • Page 784: Effects Of Errors On Scripts

    Section 12: Troubleshooting guide Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Effects of errors on scripts Most errors will not abort a running script. The only time a script is aborted is when a Lua run-time error (error code -286, "TSP runtime error") is detected. Run-time errors are caused by actions such as trying to index into a variable that is not a table.
  • Page 785 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 12: Troubleshooting guide Error summary Error number Error level Error message -221 RECOVERABLE Settings conflict -220 RECOVERABLE Parameter error -211 RECOVERABLE Trigger ignored -203 RECOVERABLE Command protected -154 RECOVERABLE String too long -151 RECOVERABLE Invalid string data...
  • Page 786 Section 12: Troubleshooting guide Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Error summary Error number Error level Error message 1400 RECOVERABLE Expected at least NN parameters 1401 RECOVERABLE Parameter NN is invalid 1402 RECOVERABLE User scripts lost 1403 RECOVERABLE Factory scripts lost 1404 RECOVERABLE Invalid byte order...
  • Page 787 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 12: Troubleshooting guide Error summary Error number Error level Error message 2403 RECOVERABLE TSPnet failure 2404 RECOVERABLE TSPnet read failure 2405 RECOVERABLE TSPnet read failure, aborted 2406 RECOVERABLE TSPnet read failure, timeout 2407 RECOVERABLE TSPnet write failure...
  • Page 788 Section 12: Troubleshooting guide Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Error summary Error number Error level Error message 5033 RECOVERABLE Reading buffer not found within device 5038 RECOVERABLE Index exceeds maximum reading 5040 RECOVERABLE Cannot use same reading buffer for multiple overlapped measurements 5041 SERIOUS...

  • Page 789: Lan Troubleshooting Suggestions

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 12: Troubleshooting guide LAN troubleshooting suggestions If you are unable to connect to the instrument's web interface, check the following items: • Verify that the network cable is in the LAN port on the rear panel of the instrument, not one of the ®...

  • Page 791: Frequently Asked Questions

    Section 13 Frequently asked questions In this section: How do I display the instrument's serial number? ....13-1 How do I optimize performance? ..........13-2 How do I upgrade the firmware? ..........13-2 How do I use the digital I/O port? ........... 13-3 How do I trigger other instruments? ........

  • Page 792: How Do I Optimize Performance

    Section 13: Frequently asked questions Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual How do I optimize performance? The primary factors that affect measurement accuracy and speed are: • Warm-up: For rated measurement accuracy, allow the Series 2600B to warm up for at least two hours before use.

  • Page 793: How Do I Use The Digital I/O Port

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 13: Frequently asked questions How do I use the digital I/O port? You can use the Series 2600B digital input/output with the trigger model or to control an external digital circuit, such as a device handler used to perform binning operations. To control or configure any of the six digital input/output lines, send commands to the Series 2600B over a remote interface.

  • Page 794: Interactive Trigger Programming

    Section 13: Frequently asked questions Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Interactive trigger programming The programming example below illustrates how to set up interactive triggering. The example sets the output trigger pulse width on line 1, then programs both lines 1 and 2 for falling edge triggers. Digital I/O line 1 trigger asserts, and then line 2 waits for the input trigger up to the timeout period specified.

  • Page 795: Service Request Programming Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 13: Frequently asked questions Service request programming example The example below shows how to program the Series 2600B to generate a service request (SRQ) when the current limit on channel A is exceeded. -- Clear all registers.

  • Page 796: When Should I Change The Output-Off State

    Section 13: Frequently asked questions Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual When should I change the output-off state? Carefully consider and configure the appropriate output-off state, source, and compliance limits before connecting the Series 2600B to a device that can deliver energy (for example, other voltage sources, batteries, capacitors, solar cells, or other Series 2600B instruments).

  • Page 797: How Do I Make Low-Current Measurements

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 13: Frequently asked questions How do I make low-current measurements? Low-current measurements (<1 mA) are subject to errors caused by leakage currents and leakage resistances in the signal path. Model 2634B, 2635B, and 2636B instruments are equipped with triaxial connectors to minimize these problems.
  • Page 798 Section 13: Frequently asked questions Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 139: Typical low-current connections Series 2600B interlock digital I/O. Pin 24 (INT) and pin 22 (5 V DC) are connected to the test fixture lid switch. The interlock switch is shown in the disengaged, or lid open, position. Normally-open (NO) interlock metal safety enclosure.

  • Page 799: Low-Current Measurement Programming Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Section 13: Frequently asked questions Low-current measurement programming example Example code for a typical low-current measurement is shown below. This code assumes that a 100 GΩ resistor is being tested. -- Restore defaults. smua.reset() -- Set source to DC V.

  • Page 800: What Should I Do If I Get An 802 Interlock Error

    Section 13: Frequently asked questions Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual What should I do if I get an 802 interlock error? You will receive error code 802, "OUTPUT blocked by interlock," if you: • Disengage the interlock when the Series 2600B output is already on •...

  • Page 801: Next Steps

    Section 14 Next steps In this section: Additional Series 2600B information ........14-1 Additional Series 2600B information For additional information about the Series 2600B, refer to the Keithley Instruments website (tek.com/keithley), which contains the most up-to-date information. From the website, you can access: •...

  • Page 803: In This Appendix

    Appendix A Calibration In this appendix: Verification ................A-1 Adjustment ................A-16 Verification The information in this section is intended for qualified service personnel only, as described by the types of product users in the Safety precautions (on page 1-1). Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do so.

  • Page 804: Verification Test Requirements

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Verification test requirements Be sure that you perform the verification tests: • Under the proper environmental conditions. • After the specified warm-up period. • Using the correct line voltage. • Using the proper test equipment.

  • Page 805: Recommended Verification Equipment

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Recommended verification equipment The following table summarizes recommended maximum allowable test equipment uncertainty for verification points. Total test equipment measurement uncertainty should meet or be less than the listed values at each test point. Generally, test equipment uncertainty should be at least four times better than corresponding Series 2600B specifications.

  • Page 806: Restoring Factory Defaults

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Verification limits The verification limits stated in this section have been calculated using only the Series 2600B one-year accuracy specifications, and they do not include test equipment uncertainty. If a particular measurement falls outside the allowable range, recalculate new limits based both on the Series 2600B specifications and corresponding test equipment specifications.

  • Page 807: Performing The Verification Test Procedures

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Performing the verification test procedures Perform the following verification tests to make sure the instrument is operating within specifications: • Current source accuracy (on page A-7) • Current measurement accuracy (on page A-10) •...

  • Page 808: Setting The Source Range And Output Value

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The maximum common-mode voltage (voltage between LO and chassis ground) is 250 VDC. Exceeding this value may cause a breakdown in insulation, creating a shock hazard that could result in personal injury or death. ®...

  • Page 809: Current Source Accuracy

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Current source accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that the Series 2600B output current accuracy is within specified limits. An alternate procedure for 100 nA current accuracy is shown in the 1 nA to 100 nA Output current accuracy procedure for the Model 2634B/2635B/2636B.
  • Page 810 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Model 2634B/2635B/2636B output current accuracy limits Source range Output current setting Output current limits (1 year 18 °C to 28 °C) 1 nA 0.90000 nA 0.89665 nA to 0.90335 nA 10 nA 9.0000 nA 8.9815 nA to 9.0185 nA...
  • Page 811 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Figure 140: Connections for 100 nA to 1 A current ranges Figure 141: Connections for 1.5 A and 3 A current ranges 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...

  • Page 812: Current Measurement Accuracy

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Current measurement accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Series 2600B current measurement accuracy is within specified limits. The procedure involves applying accurate currents from the Series 2600B current source and then verifying that Series 2600B current measurements are within required limits.
  • Page 813 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Model 2611B/2612B/2614B current measurement accuracy limits Source and measure range Source current Current reading limits (1 year, 18° C to 28° C) 100 nA 90.000 nA 89.846 nA to 90.154 nA 1 µA 0.9000 µA 0.89928 µA to 0.90073 µA...
  • Page 814 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Model 2634B/2635B/2636B current measurement accuracy 100 pA to 100 nA ranges A suitably guarded and characterized 1 GΩ resistance standard, such as the Keithley Instruments Model 2600-STD-RES, is necessary for the following measurements. Step-by-step procedures and connection diagrams for verifying the current measurement accuracy for the low current ranges are included with the 2600-STD-RES.

  • Page 815: Voltage Source Accuracy

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Voltage source accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that the Series 2600B output voltage accuracy is within specified limits. To perform this test, you will set the output voltage to each full-range value and measure the voltages with a precision digital multimeter.

  • Page 816: Voltage Measurement Accuracy

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 6. Verify output voltage accuracy for each of the voltages listed in the following table for your model number. For each test point:  Select the correct source range.  Set the Series 2600B output voltage to the indicated value.
  • Page 817 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration 6. Make sure the source output is turned on (if off, press the OUTPUT ON/OFF control). 7. Verify voltage measurement accuracy for each of the voltages listed in the table (see below). For each test point: ...
  • Page 818 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Adjustment The information in this section is intended for qualified service personnel only, as described by the types of product users in the Safety precautions (on page 1-1). Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do so.

  • Page 819: Adjustment Considerations

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Warmup period Allow the Series 2600B to warm up for at least two hours before performing calibration. If the instrument has been subjected to temperature extremes (those outside the ranges stated above), allow additional time for the instrument's internal temperature to stabilize.

  • Page 820: Calibration Adjustment Cycle

    Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Calibration adjustment cycle Perform a calibration adjustment at least once a year to make sure the instrument meets or exceeds its specifications. Recommended calibration adjustment equipment The table below contains the recommended equipment for the calibration adjustment procedures. You can use alternate equipment as long as that equipment has specifications equal to or greater than those listed in the table.

  • Page 821: Calibration Adjustment Overview

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Calibration adjustment overview The following topics contain an overview of the entire calibration adjustment procedure. Parameter values The full-scale parameters are 90 percent of full-scale as indicated (see the table in Step sequence page A-19)).
  • Page 822 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Model 2601B/2602B/2604B calibration steps Function Calibration steps Calibration points Sense mode Voltage Source 100 mV ±1e-30, ±90 mV smuX.SENSE_LOCAL and Measure 100 mV ±1e-30, ±90 mV smuX.SENSE_REMOTE smuX.SENSE_LOCAL ±1e-30, ±0.9 V smuX.SENSE_CALA ±1e-30, ±0.9 V smuX.SENSE_LOCAL...

  • Page 823: Calibration Commands Quick Reference

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Model 2634B/2635B/2636B calibration steps Function Calibration steps Calibration points Sense mode Voltage Source 200 mV ±1e-30, ±180 mV smuX.SENSE_LOCAL and Measure 200 mV ±1e-30, ±180 mV smuX.SENSE_REMOTE smuX.SENSE_LOCAL ±1e-30, ±1.8 V smuX.SENSE_CALA ±1e-30, ±1.8 V smuX.SENSE_LOCAL...
  • Page 824 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Calibration commands Command** Description calstate = smuX.cal.state Request calibration state: smuX.CALSTATE_CALIBRATING smuX.CALSTATE_LOCKED smuX.CALSTATE_UNLOCKED smuX.cal.unlock("password") Unlock calibration (default password: KI0026XX) smuX.measure.calibratei(range, Adjust current measurement range calibration*: ±range (measurement range to adjust). cp1Measured, cp1Reference, cp1Measured (Series 2600B measured value for cal.

  • Page 825: Calibration Adjustment Procedure

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Calibration adjustment procedure Use the following procedure to perform remote calibration adjustment by sending commands over a communications interface. The remote commands and appropriate parameters are separately summarized for each step. Step 1.
  • Page 826 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual It is not necessary to set the measure range when following this procedure for calibration because the measure range is locked to the source range when measuring the source function. C.
  • Page 827 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration 11. Send the source calibration command using the range, +zero and +FS multimeter readings, and +zero and +FS source values for the parameters: smua.source.calibratev(range, src_Z, DMM_Z_rdg, src_FS, DMM_FS_rdg) Where: range = The present calibration range src_Z = The +zero Series 2600B programmed source output value...
  • Page 828 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 19. Allow the readings to settle, then get both the multimeter and Series 2600B voltage readings at the negative full-scale output value (the Series 2600B measurement is not necessary if this calibration step is being done on the CALA sense mode).
  • Page 829 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Step 3. Current calibration adjustment A. Connect the Series 2600B SMU to the digital multimeter (see the following figure), and then select the multimeter DC current function. B. Send this command to initialize current calibration: smua.source.func = smua.OUTPUT_DCAMPS Figure 144: Connections for 100 nA to 1 A current ranges It is not necessary to set the measure range when following this procedure for calibration because...
  • Page 830 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual C. Perform each calibration step listed in Model 2601B/2602B/2604B step sequence, Model 2611B/2612B/2614B step sequence, or Model 2634B/2635B/2636B step sequence for the 100 nA through 1 A ranges as follows: Select the range being calibrated: smua.source.rangei = range Select the correct sense mode based on the calibration step Model 2601B/2602B/2604B step sequence,...
  • Page 831 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration 12. If this step is not on the CALA sense mode, send the measure calibration command using the multimeter and Series 2600B readings, and range setting for the parameters: smua.measure.calibratei(range, Z_rdg, DMM_Z_rdg, FS_rdg, DMM_FS_rdg) Where: range = The present calibration range...
  • Page 832 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 21. Send the source calibration command using the -range, -zero and -FS multimeter readings, and -zero and -FS source values for the parameters: smua.source.calibratei(-range, src_Z, DMM_Z_rdg, src_FS, DMM_FS_rdg) Where: -range = The negative of the present calibration range src_Z = The zero Series 2600B source output value...
  • Page 833 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration E. Change connections as shown in the following figure. Figure 145: Connections for 1.5 A and 3 A current ranges F. Select the DMM DC volts function. G. Repeat the 22 steps of C for the 3 A and 10 A ranges (Model 2601B/2602B/2604B) or 1.5 A and 10 A ranges (Model 2611B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2635B/2636B).
  • Page 834 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Models 2634B, 2635B, and 2636B: 1. Connect the Series 2600B to the digital multimeter. Use the figure titled "Connections for current calibration (1.5 A through 10 A ranges)" as a guideline, but replace the 0.5 Ω resistor with the 1 GΩ...
  • Page 835 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration Step 4. Contact check calibration adjustment Skip this step for the Models 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B. The 2604B, 2614B, and 2634B do not perform contact check measurements. A. As illustrated in the following figure: ...
  • Page 836 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual C. Characterize both 50 Ω resistors using the resistance function of the digital multimeter. D. As illustrated in the following figure: Characterize both 50 Ω resistors using the resistance function of the digital multimeter. ...
  • Page 837 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix A: Calibration G. Send the contact check high calibration command: smua.contact.calibratehi(r0_hi, Z_actual, r50_hi, 50_ohm_actual) Where: = Series 2600B 0 Ω high measurement r0_hi Z_actual = Actual zero value; the resistance of the short between the SENSE HI and HI terminals = Series 2600B 50 Ω...
  • Page 838 Appendix A: Calibration Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Step 8. Lock out calibration To lock out further calibration, send the following command after completing the calibration procedure: smua.cal.lock() Step 9. Repeat calibration procedure for Channel B For the Models 2602B/2604B/2612B/2614B/2634B/2636B only, repeat the entire procedure above for Channel B.

  • Page 839: Lan Concepts And Settings

    Appendix B LAN concepts and settings In this appendix: Overview .................. B-1 Establishing a point-to-point connection ........B-2 Connecting to the LAN ............B-11 LAN speeds ................B-14 Duplex mode ................B-15 Viewing LAN status messages ..........B-15 Viewing the network settings ..........B-16 Selecting a LAN interface protocol .........

  • Page 840: Establishing A Point-To-Point Connection

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Establishing a point-to-point connection To enable access to the instrument web page and other web applications from a computer, use a one-to-one LAN connection and set up a static IP address between the host computer and the instrument.

  • Page 841: Step 1: Identify And Record The Existing Ip Configuration

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Step 1: Identify and record the existing IP configuration To identify the existing IP configuration: 1. Open a command prompt window: ® ® Microsoft Windows 2000 or Windows XP: Click Start and select Run.

  • Page 842: Step 2: Disable Dhcp To Use The Computer's Existing Ip Address

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The ipconfig/all command displays the configuration of every network card. Make sure that you record the information for the proper network card. 4. If:  DHCP Enabled = Yes: Go to Step 2: Disable DHCP to use the computer's existing IP address (on page B-4)
  • Page 843 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings 4. Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) in the items list. The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box is displayed, as shown here. Figure 149: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box 5.
  • Page 844 Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 4. In the "This connection uses the following items" list, double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box is displayed. Figure 150: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box 5.
  • Page 845 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings 7. Double-click Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) in the items list. The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box is displayed. Figure 151: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box 8.
  • Page 846 Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 4. In the items list, double-click Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4). The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box is displayed. Figure 152: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box 5.

  • Page 847: Step 3: Configure The Instrument's Lan Settings

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Step 3: Configure the instrument's LAN settings These steps assume that you are making all the settings in the order shown here. If you only change one or a few settings, be aware that you need to apply the settings before they will be in effect. To apply the settings, from the LAN CONFIG menu, select APPLY_SETTINGS >...

  • Page 848: Step 4: Install The Crossover Cable

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 5. Change the subnet mask from the LAN CONFIG menu: Select CONFIG > SUBNETMASK, and then press the ENTER key. The SUBNETMASK menu item is to the right of GATEWAY. Use the navigation wheel to scroll through the options.

  • Page 849: Step 5: Access The Instrument's Web Page

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Step 5: Access the instrument's web page 1. Open a web browser on the host computer. 2. Enter the IP address of the instrument in the web browser address box. For example, if the instrument IP address is 192.168.1.101, enter 192.168.1.101 in the browser address box.

  • Page 850: Setting The Ip Address

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To select a LAN configuration method: 1. From the front panel, press the MENU key, and then select LAN > CONFIG > METHOD. 2. Select either AUTO or MANUAL. 3.

  • Page 851: Setting The Subnet Mask

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Setting the subnet mask Contact your corporate information technology (IT) department to secure a valid subnet mask for the instrument when placing the instrument on a corporate network. To set the subnet mask when LAN configuration method is set to MANUAL: 1.

  • Page 852: Lan Speeds

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To enable or disable DNS registration: 1. From the front panel, press the MENU key and select LAN > CONFIG > DNS > DYNAMIC. 2. Turn the navigation wheel to select either ENABLE or DISABLE.

  • Page 853: Duplex Mode

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Duplex mode The duplex mode is based on the LAN configuration. There are two settings: • Half-duplex: Allows communications in both directions, but only one direction is active at a time (not simultaneously).

  • Page 854: Viewing The Network Settings

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual LAN CONFIG/FAULT messages LAN message type Possible messages LAN fault Could not acquire IP address Duplicate IP address detected DHCP lease lost Lan Cable Disconnected LAN configuration Starting DHCP Configuration DHCP Server Not Found DHCP configuration started on xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx...

  • Page 855: Confirming The Active Speed And Duplex Negotiation

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Confirming the active speed and duplex negotiation The Series 2600B automatically detects the speed and duplex negotiation active on the LAN. Once the speed and duplex negotiation is detected, the instrument automatically adjusts its own settings to match the LAN settings.

  • Page 856: Selecting A Lan Interface Protocol

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Selecting a LAN interface protocol This section provides details about how to select a remote interface protocol to connect to the Series 2600B. The Series 2600B provides three LAN interfaces with three associated LAN protocols (each interface uses a different protocol).

  • Page 857: Configuring A Telnet Connection

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Telnet connection The Telnet protocol is similar to raw socket, and can be used when you need to interact directly with the instrument. Telnet is often used for debugging and troubleshooting. You will need a separate Telnet program to use this protocol.
  • Page 858 Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual 4. In the Host address field, type the instrument's IP address (for example, 192.168.1.101). 5. Type 23 in the Port number field. Click OK. The HyperTerminal program window is displayed. 6.
  • Page 859 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings 8. Click ASCII Setup. The ASCII Setup dialog box is displayed. 9. From the ASCII Setup dialog box, select the following options:  Send line ends with line feeds ...

  • Page 860: Logging Lan Trigger Events In The Event Log

    Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Logging LAN trigger events in the event log You can use the event log to record all LXI triggers generated and received by the Series 2600B. You can view the event log using any command interface or the embedded web interface.

  • Page 861: Accessing The Event Log From The Command Interface

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Event log descriptions Column title Description Example Sequence Each instrument maintains independent sequence counters:  One for each combination of UDP multicast network interface and UDP multicast destination port ...
  • Page 862 Appendix B: LAN concepts and settings Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual The string displays the same information as the web interface. Commas separate the fields. The fields output in the following order: • Received time (UTC time) • Event ID •...

  • Page 863: Common Commands

    Appendix C Common commands In this appendix: Command summary ..............C-1 Script command equivalents ........... C-2 Command reference ..............C-3 Command summary The IEEE Std 488.2 common commands that are supported by the Series 2600B are summarized in the following table. Although commands are shown in uppercase, common commands are not case sensitive, and either uppercase or lowercase can be used.

  • Page 864: Script Command Equivalents

    Appendix C: Common commands Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Command Name Description *OPC? Operation complete query Places an ASCII "1" into the output queue when all selected device operations have completed. For detailed information, Operation complete and query: *OPC and *OPC? page C-3).

  • Page 865: Identification Query: *Idn

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix C: Common commands Command reference Details of all common commands (except those associated with the status model) are described below. Status command usage is contained in the Status model (on page 9-15, on page D-1). Identification query: *IDN? Retrieves the identification string.

  • Page 866: Self-Test Query: *Tst

    Appendix C: Common commands Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Self-test query: *TST? Requests self-test results. *TST? Places a zero (0) in the output queue This command always places a zero (0) in the output queue. This command is included for common command compatibility only;...

  • Page 867: Status Model

    Appendix D Status model In this appendix: Overview ................. D-1 Clearing registers ..............D-14 Programming and reading registers ........D-14 Status byte and service request (SRQ) ......... D-15 Status register sets ..............D-20 TSP-Link system status ............D-26 Overview Each Keithley Instruments Series 2600B provides status registers and queues that are collectively referred to as the status model.
  • Page 868 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual • Negative Transition Register (NTR) (.ntr): When a bit is set in this read-write register, it enables a 1 to 0 change in the corresponding bit of the condition register to cause the corresponding bit in the event register to be set.

  • Page 869: Command Queue

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Command queue The command queue holds commands that have been received from a remote interface that are available for execution. This allows the Series 2600B to accept multiple commands and queue them for execution.

  • Page 870: Status Function Summary

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Status function summary The following functions and attributes control and read the various registers. Additional information for the various register sets is included later in this section. Also, refer to the specific command as listed TSP commands (on page 11-7).

  • Page 871: Status Model Diagrams

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Status model diagrams The following figures graphically describe the status model: • Status byte and service request enable register (on page D-6) • System summary and standard event registers (on page D-7) •...
  • Page 872 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 160: Status byte and service request enable register 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 873 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Figure 161: System summary and standard event registers 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 874 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 162: Measurement event registers 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 875 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Figure 163: Operation status registers 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 876 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 164: Operation status trigger overrun registers D-10 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 877 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Figure 165: Operation status trigger timer, trigger blender, and remote registers 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 D-11...
  • Page 878 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 166: Operation status digital I/O and TSP-Link registers D-12 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 879 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Figure 167: Questionable status registers 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019 D-13...

  • Page 880: Clearing Registers

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Clearing registers Commands to reset the status registers are listed in the table below. In addition to these commands, you can reset the enable registers and the NTR to 0. To do this, send the individual command to program the register with a 0 as its parameter value.

  • Page 881: Reading Registers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model When using a numeric parameter, registers are programmed by including the appropriate <mask> value. For example: *ese 1169 status.standard.enable = 1169 To convert from decimal to binary, use the information shown in the above figure. For example, to set bits B0, B4, B7, and B10, a decimal value of 1169 would be used for the mask parameter (1169 = 1 + 16 + 128 + 1024).

  • Page 882: Status Byte Register

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Status Byte Register The summary messages from the status registers and queues are used to set or clear the appropriate bits (B0, B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, and B7) of the Status Byte Register. These summary bits do not latch, and their states (0 or 1) are dependent upon the summary messages (0 or 1).
  • Page 883 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model The bits of the Status Byte Register are described as follows: • Bit B0, Measurement Summary Bit (MSB): Set summary bit indicates that an enabled measurement event has occurred. •...

  • Page 884: Service Request Enable Register

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Service Request Enable Register The Service Request Enable Register controls the generation of a service request. This register is programmed by the user and is used to enable or disable the setting of bit B6 (RQS/MSS) by the Status Summary Message bits (B0, B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, and B7) of the Status Byte Register.

  • Page 885: Spe, Spd (Serial Polling)

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model SPE, SPD (serial polling) For the GPIB interface only, the SPE and SPD general bus commands are used to serial poll the ® System SourceMeter instrument. Serial polling obtains the serial poll byte (status byte). Typically, serial polling is used by the controller to determine which of several instruments has requested service with the SRQ line.

  • Page 886: Controlling Node And Srq Enable Registers

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Controlling node and SRQ enable registers Attributes to control system node and service request (SRQ) enable bits and read associated registers are summarized in the Status byte and service request enable registers (on page D-6).

  • Page 887: Standard Event Register

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model The used bits of the system event registers are described as follows: • Bit B0, Extension Bit (EXT): Set bit indicates that an extension bit from another system status register is set.

  • Page 888: Operation Status Registers

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Figure 170: Standard Event Register Standard event commands Command Description *ESR? Read Standard Event Status Register. print(status.standard.event) *ESE mask Program the Event Status Enable Register: mask = 0 to 255 status.standard.enable = mask Status register set contents (on page D-1).
  • Page 889 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model When reading a register, a numeric value is returned. The binary equivalent of this value indicates which bits in the register are set. For details, see Reading registers (on page D-15). For example, the following command will read the Operation Status Enable Register: print(status.operation.enable) Commands to program and read the register are summarized in the...

  • Page 890: Questionable Status Registers

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Questionable Status Registers This register set feeds to bit B3 (QSB) of the Status Byte. The bits used in the Questionable Status Register set are described as follows: • Bit B8, Calibration (CAL): Set bit indicates that calibration is questionable.

  • Page 891: Measurement Event Registers

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Measurement Event Registers As shown in the status model's Measurement event registers (on page D-8), there are eight register sets associated with measurement event status. Commands are summarized in the Status register set contents (on page D-1) topic.

  • Page 892: Register Programming Example

    Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Register programming example The command sequence below programs the instrument to generate a service request (SRQ) and set the system summary bit in all TSP-Link nodes when the current limit on channel A is exceeded. -- Clear all registers.

  • Page 893: Status Model Configuration Example

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix D: Status model Status model configuration example In this example, a current limit (compliance) event in SMU A or B of node 15 will set the RQS bit of the Status Byte of the master node. The commands to configure the status model for this example are provided in Status configuration (enable) commands (on page D-27).
  • Page 894 Appendix D: Status model Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Master node system summary registers: The following commands enable the required system summary bits for node 15: status.system2.enable = 2 status.system.enable = 1 The affected system summary registers for the above commands are indicated by labels D and E (see following figure).

  • Page 895: In This Appendix

    Appendix E Display character codes In this appendix: Series 2600B display character codes ........E-1 Series 2600B display character codes The following tables contain the display character codes (decimal values) and their corresponding display. Display character codes (decimal 0 to 39) Decimal Display Decimal...
  • Page 896 Appendix E: Display character codes Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display character codes (decimal 40 to 102) Decimal Display Decimal Display Decimal Display > , (comma) ' (open single quote) < 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 897 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix E: Display character codes Display character codes (decimal 103 to 165) Decimal Display Decimal Display Decimal Display (space) ¼ 2600BS-901-01 Rev. E / January 2019...
  • Page 898 Appendix E: Display character codes Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Display character codes (decimal 166 to 228) Decimal Display Decimal Display Decimal Display Φ æ ∩ Æ ∪ â ÷ ä α ≤ á ≥ ß à γ ≠...
  • Page 899 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix E: Display character codes Display character codes (decimal 229 to 255) Decimal Display Decimal Display Decimal Display ó ñ ò Ñ ÿ Ö û † ↑ ü ↓ ú ← ù → Ü...

  • Page 901: Model 2400 Emulation

    Appendix F Model 2400 emulation In this appendix: Model 2400 emulation .............. F-1 Model 2400 compatibility ............F-3 Model 2400 emulation The Series 2600B provides for emulation of the Model 2400 command set using a personality script named Persona2400. When run, this script takes control of the remote command interfaces and interprets any commands received.
  • Page 902 Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual To use a remote command interface to load the script to the instrument, refer to Load a script by sending commands over the remote interface (on page 10-4). Start and configure Model 2400 emulation To start Model 2400 emulation: 1.

  • Page 903: Model 2400 Compatibility

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Execute SCPI commands when not in Model 2400 emulation mode You can execute SCPI commands when not in Model 2400 emulation mode. To accomplish this, send the Initialize2400() command once and then send the Execute2400() command with the SCPI command as a parameter in quotes.

  • Page 904: Status Word

    Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Timestamps When the automatic timestamp reset feature is enabled, the timestamp is automatically reset when the first measurement is taken. This differs from the operation of an actual Model 2400 where the timestamp will be automatically reset when exiting the idle layer of the trigger model.

  • Page 905: Logarithmic Sweep

    Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Logarithmic sweep While in Model 2400 emulation mode, when the start and stop points of a logarithmic sweep are not of same polarity or one of them is a zero (0), the script generates a "900" error; a non-emulated Model 2400 does not generate this error.

  • Page 906: Model 2400 Scpi Command Support

    Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Model 2400 SCPI command support The following table provides a listing of Model 2400 commands and emulation support for the Series 2600B. In the supported column: Yes indicates the command is fully supported; No indicates the command is not supported;...
  • Page 907 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Subsystem Command Supported :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:FAIL? :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:LOWer[:DATA] <NRf> :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:LOWer[:DATA]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:LOWer:SOURce2 <NRf>|<NDN> :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:LOWer:SOURce2? :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:PASS:SOURce2 <NRf>|<NDN> :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:PASS:SOURce2? :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:STATe <Bool> :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:STATe? :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:UPPer[:DATA] <NRf>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:UPPer[:DATA]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :CALCulate :CALCulate2:LIMit[2|3|5-12]:UPPer:SOURce2 <NRf>|<NDN>...
  • Page 908 Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Subsystem Command Supported :FORMat :FORMat:ELEMents:CALCulate CALC|TIME|STATus :FORMat :FORMat:ELEMents:CALCulate? :FORMat:ELEMents[:SENSe[1]] VOLTage|CURRent|RESistance|TIME|STATus :FORMat :FORMat :FORMat:ELEMents[:SENSe[1]]? :FORMat :FORMat:SOURce2 ASCii|HEXadecimal|OCTal|BINary :FORMat :FORMat:SOURce2? :FORMat :FORMat:SREGister ASCii|HEXadecimal|OCTal|BINary :FORMat :FORMat:SREGister? :MEASure :CONFigure? :CONFigure:CURRent[:DC] :MEASure :MEASure :CONFigure:RESistance :MEASure :CONFigure:VOLTage[:DC]...
  • Page 909 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Subsystem Command Supported :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent <Bool> :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent? [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:OFF "CURRent[:DC]"|"VOLTage[:DC]"|"RESistance",... :SENSe[1] :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:OFF? :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:OFF:ALL Partially :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt? :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion[:ON] "CURRent[:DC]"|"VOLTage[:DC]"|"RESistance",... :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion[:ON]? :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt? :SENSe[1] :SENSe[1] [:SENSe[1]]:FUNCtion:STATe? "CURRent[:DC]"|"VOLTage[:DC]"|"RESistance"...
  • Page 910 Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Subsystem Command Supported :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent:CENTer <NRf>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent:CENTer? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] :SOURce <NRf>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered[:AMPLitude] :SOURce <NRf>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered[:AMPLitude]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered:SFACtor <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered:SFACtor? :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered:SFACtor:STATe <Bool> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:CURRent[:LEVel]:TRIGgered:SFACtor:STATe? :SOURce...
  • Page 911 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Subsystem Command Supported :SOURce :SOURce[1]:MEMory:POINts <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:MEMory:POINts? :SOURce[1]:MEMory:RECall <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce :SOURce[1]:MEMory:SAVE <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:MEMory:STARt <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:MEMory:STARt? :SOURce :SOURce[1]:PULSe:DELay <NRf> :SOURce :SOURce[1]:PULSe:DELay? :SOURce :SOURce[1]:PULSe:WIDTh <NRf> :SOURce[1]:PULSe:WIDTh? :SOURce :SOURce :SOURce[1]:SOAK <NRf>...
  • Page 912 Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Subsystem Command Supported :SOURce :SOURce2:BSIZe 3|4 Partially :SOURce :SOURce2:BSIZe? :SOURce2:CLEar:AUTO <Bool> :SOURce :SOURce :SOURce2:CLEar:AUTO? :SOURce :SOURce2:CLEar:AUTO:DELay <NRf>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum :SOURce :SOURce2:CLEar:AUTO:DELay? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] :SOURce :SOURce2:CLEar[:IMMEdiate] :SOURce :SOURce2:TTL[:LEVel]:ACTual? :SOURce :SOURce2:TTL[:LEVel][:DEFault] <NDN>|<NRf> :SOURce2:TTL[:LEVel][:DEFault]? :SOURce :SOURce :SOURce2:TTL4:BSTate <Bool>...
  • Page 913 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Subsystem Command Supported :SYSTem :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? :SYSTem :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]? :SYSTem :SYSTem :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? :SYSTem :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? :SYSTem :SYSTem:GUARd OHMS|CABLe :SYSTem :SYSTem:GUARd? :SYSTem :SYSTem:KEY <NRf> :SYSTem :SYSTem:KEY? :SYSTem:LFRequency 50|60 :SYSTem :SYSTem :SYSTem:LFRequency? :SYSTem :SYSTem:LFRequency:AUTO <Bool>...

  • Page 914: Model 2400 Scpi Command Compatibility

    Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Subsystem Command Supported :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:ILINe 1|2|3|4 Partially :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:ILINe? :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:OLINe 1|2|3|4 :TRIGger Partially :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:OLINe? :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:OUTPut TENTer|TEXit|NONE :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:OUTPut? :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure]:DIRection SOURce|ACCeptor :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure]:DIRection? :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]]:TIMer <NRf> :TRIGger :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]]:TIMer? :TRIGger...
  • Page 915 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation :DISPlay subsystem :DISPlay:DIGits 4|5|6|7|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum When 3.5 digits or MINimum is requested, the instrument will set the resolution to 4.5 digits. :DISPlay:DIGits? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum] When queried for the MINimum, the instrument returns 5. :DISPlay:ENABle <Bool>...
  • Page 916 Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual :SOURce subsystem :SOURce[1]:CLEar:AUTO:MODE ALWays|TCOunt Only ALWays is supported. The instrument will generate an error if TCOunt is selected. :SOURce[1]:DELay:AUTO <Bool> This setting is not supported with source memory sweeps. Source memory sweeps will not use automatic delays. :SOURce[1]:FUNCtion:SHAPe DC|PULSe This setting is not supported with source memory sweeps.
  • Page 917 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Appendix F: Model 2400 emulation :TRIGger subsystem :ARM[:SEQuence[1]][:LAYer[1]][:TCONfigure][:ASYNchronous]:ILINe 1|2|3|4 The instrument will not allow the same TLink line to be used for an input trigger and an output trigger simultaneously. Also, it will not allow the same TLink line to be used as an input trigger for both the arm and trigger layer simultaneously.
  • Page 919 Index 8. TSP-Link • 3-14 +5 V output • 6-40 9. Power module • 3-14 1. Power switch, display and configuration keys • 3-3 1. SMU connector • 3-12 Aborting a sweep • 4-79 10. RS-232 • 3-14 About TSP commands • 9-3 Accessing nodes •...
  • Page 920 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual bit.bitor() • 11-10 Assigning the stimulus attribute • 6-16 attribute • 9-2 bit.bitxor() • 11-11 assigning a value to • 9-2 bit.clear() • 11-11 reading • 9-3 bit.get() • 11-12 Attributes • 9-2 bit.getfield() •...
  • Page 921 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index Combining channels in series to output higher bufferVar.sourceoutputstates • 11-31 voltage • 4-44 bufferVar.sourceranges • 11-32 Combining SMU outputs • 4-41 bufferVar.sourcevalues • 11-33 command • 9-1 bufferVar.statuses • 11-34 device control • 10-76 bufferVar.timestampresolution •...
  • Page 922 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual continuous power operating boundaries • 7-5 Configuration menus • 3-18 Configuring a Telnet connection • B-18 Continuous power operating boundaries • 7-5 Configuring and running sweeps • 4-78 Controlling digital I/O lines • 6-41 Configuring compliance limits remotely •...
  • Page 923 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index digital I/O programming examples • 5-15 dataqueue functions and attributes • 9-5, 11-50 using TSP-Link synchronization lines • 6-48 dataqueue.add() • 11-50 Digital I/O • 6-38, 9-5 dataqueue.CAPACITY • 11-51 Digital I/O bit weighting • 6-43 dataqueue.clear() •...
  • Page 924 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual display.setcursor() • 11-84 measurement functions • 3-27 menu • 3-33 display.settext() • 11-85 messages • 3-28 display.smuX.digits • 11-86 patterns test • 8-4 display.smuX.limit.func • 11-87 resolution • 3-27, 4-66 display.smuX.measure.func • 11-87 display.trigger.clear() •...
  • Page 925 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index power programming • 4-22 Environmental conditions • A-2, A-18 Error and status messages • 2-27 pulse train • 6-19 Error levels • 12-1 reading buffer • 5-15 error messages rel programming • 4-84 effects on scripts •...
  • Page 926 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Front-panel source-measure procedure • 4-10 Filter programming example • 4-87 Filter types • 4-85 Front-panel speed configuration • 4-68 filters • 4-85 Front-panel triggering example • 4-15 commands • 4-87 fs.chdir() • 11-106 remote programming •...
  • Page 927 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index gm_vsweep() • 11-111 How do I make contact check measurements? • 13-6 GPIB • 9-9 How do I make low-current measurements? • 13-7 gpib attribute How do I optimize performance? • 13-2 gpib.address •...
  • Page 928 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual interactive script KIHighC factory script • 9-27 interactive triggering • 6-26, 13-4 KIParlib factory script • 9-27 Interactive script example • 10-15 KIPulse factory script • 9-25 Interactive trigger programming • 13-4 KIPulse simple pulse functions •...
  • Page 929 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index lan.trigger[N].connected • 11-150 lan.applysettings() • 11-126 lan.autoconnect • 11-127 lan.trigger[N].disconnect() • 11-151 lan.config.dns.address[N] • 11-128 lan.trigger[N].EVENT_ID • 11-152 lan.config.dns.domain • 11-129 lan.trigger[N].ipaddress • 11-153 lan.config.dns.dynamic • 11-130 lan.trigger[N].mode • 11-154 lan.trigger[N].overrun • 11-155 lan.config.dns.hostname •...
  • Page 930 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Loading the 2400 Software Emulation script • F-1 local group • 11-183 MAC address • 11-144, B-15 LOCAL key • 2-28 Main menu • 3-16 Local lockout • 3-36 maintenance • 8-1 localnode.autolinefreq •...
  • Page 931 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index Measurement settling time considerations • 7-28 running • 10-9, 10-10 Measuring current • 4-92 Named scripts • 10-5 meminfo() • 11-169 Next steps • 14-1 memory NI CVI runtime engine • 2-19 Lua memory management •...
  • Page 932 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual equations • 7-2 V-Source • 7-7 Operating boundaries • 7-4 Overheating protection • 7-2 Operating the Series 2600B as a Model 2400 • F-3 overlapped operations • 10-71 Operation • 6-47 overlapped operations in remote groups, coordinating •...
  • Page 933 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index Primary address • 2-24 event • D-2 print functions • 11-175 output • 2-7, D-2 print() • 11-175 Queues • D-2 printbuffer() • 11-176 printnumber() • 11-177 range Product software and drivers • 1-3 auto •...
  • Page 934 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual relative offset • 4-83, 4-84, 11-240, 11-242 timestamp • 5-6 Reading buffer • 9-14 Relative offset • 4-83 Reading buffer attributes • 5-13 Relative offset commands • 4-84 Reading buffer commands • 5-8 Relative offset programming example •...
  • Page 935 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index Run scripts • 10-9 reset digio trigger • 11-62 Run the anonymous script • 10-9 lan • 11-139 Running a factory script • 9-24 localnode • 11-165 Running a factory script function from the front-panel controls •...
  • Page 936 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Selecting the output-off function • 4-59 script.load() • 11-186 script.new() • 11-187 Selecting the sense from the remote interface • 4-56 script.newautorun() • 11-188 Self-test query script.restore() • 11-189 *TST? • C-4 script.run() •...
  • Page 937 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index smuX.cal.date • 11-209 Setting speed • 4-67 Setting the gateway • B-12 smuX.cal.due • 11-210 Setting the IP address • B-11 smuX.cal.lock() • 11-211 Setting the LAN configuration method • B-11 smuX.cal.password • 11-212 Setting the limit •...
  • Page 938 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual smuX.trigger.initiate() • 11-275 smuX.measure.Y() • 11-243 smuX.measureYandstep() • 11-245 smuX.trigger.measure.action • 11-276 smuX.nvbufferY • 11-246 smuX.trigger.measure.set() • 11-277 smuX.reset() • 11-247 smuX.trigger.measure.stimulus • 11-278 smuX.savebuffer() • 11-248 smuX.trigger.measure.Y() • 11-280 smuX.trigger.MEASURE_COMPLETE_EVENT_ID • smuX.sense •...
  • Page 939 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index reading registers • D-14 remote operation • 4-12 Source-measure capabilities • 4-2 status byte and SRQ • D-14 Source-measure concepts • 7-1 status register sets • D-1 Source-measure programming example • 4-13 TSP-Link system •...
  • Page 940 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Disable DHCP to use the computer's existing IP status.operation.instrument.trigger_blender.trigger_o verrun.* • 11-330 address • B-4 Set the compliance limit • 4-11 status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.* • 11-333 status.operation.instrument.trigger_timer.trigger_ove Step 2. Voltage calibration adjustment • A-27 rrun.* •...
  • Page 941 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index Sweep characteristics • 4-70 front panel • 8-3 Sweep operation • 4-69 Theory of operation • 7-1 Sweep programming examples • 4-81 time • 11-202 SweepILinMeasureV() • 11-381 Time • 9-19 SweepIListMeasureV() • 11-382 Time and date values •...
  • Page 942 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual troubleshooting trigger.timer[N].clear() • 11-399 trigger.timer[N].count • 11-399 error levels • 12-1 trigger.timer[N].delay • 11-400 FAQs • 13-1 trigger.timer[N].delaylist • 11-401 LabVIEW driver • 13-9 trigger.timer[N].EVENT_ID • 11-402 voltage • 13-9 Troubleshooting guide • 12-1 trigger.timer[N].overrun •...
  • Page 943 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index tspnet.reset() • 11-432 tsplink.group • 11-409 tsplink.master • 11-409 tspnet.termination() • 11-432 tsplink.node • 11-410 tspnet.timeout • 11-433 tsplink.readbit() • 11-411 tspnet.tsp.abort() • 11-434 tsplink.readport() • 11-411 tspnet.tsp.abortonconnect • 11-434 tspnet.tsp.rbtablecopy() • 11-435 tsplink.reset() •...
  • Page 944 Index Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Using TSP-Link trigger lines for digital I/O • 6-48 saving • 4-26 User tests • 3-37 Using TSP-Net with any ethernet-enabled instrument • 10-74 userstring functions • 10-69, 11-437 UTC • 11-202 add •...
  • Page 945 Series 2600B System SourceMeter® Instrument Reference Manual Index *WAI • C-5 warm-up operation • 2-4 verification and adjustment • A-3, A-19 Warmup period • 2-4, A-3, A-19 warranty • 1-1 Welcome • 1-1 What can be included in scripts? • 10-3 What is a script? •...
  • Page 946 Specifications are subject to change without notice. All Keithley trademarks and trade names are the property of Keithley Instruments. All other trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective companies. Keithley Instruments Corporate Headquarters • 28775 Aurora Road • Cleveland, Ohio 44139 • 440-248-0400 • Fax: 440-248-6168 • 1-800-935-5595 • www.tek.com/keithley 12/17...

This manual is also suitable for:

Keithley system sourcemeter 2600b seriesKeithley system sourcemeter 2635bKeithley system sourcemeter 2634bKeithley system sourcemeter 2614bKeithley system sourcemeter 2612bKeithley system sourcemeter 2611b ... Show all